usermanual.wiki€¦ · ’01 tundra_u (l/o 0 008) i 2001 tundra (om 34416u) foreword welcome to...

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

i2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Foreword

Welcome to the growing group of value–conscious people who drive Toyotas. Weare proud of the advanced engineering and quality construction of each vehicle webuild.

This Owner’s Manual explains the operation of your new Toyota. Please readit thoroughly and have all the occupants follow the instructions carefully.Doing so will help you enjoy many years of safe and trouble–free motoring.For important information about this manual and your Toyota, read the follow-ing pages carefully.

When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehiclebest and is interested in your complete satisfaction. He will provide quality mainte-nance and any other assistance you may require.

Please leave this Owner’s Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The nextowner will need this information also.

All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of printing.However, because of Toyota’s policy of continual product improvement, we reservethe right to make changes at any time without notice.

Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment,including options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equipmentnot installed on your vehicle.

2000 TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION

All rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or inpart, without the written permission of Toyota Motor Corporation.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

ii 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Important information about this manual

Safety and vehicle damage warnings

Throughout this manual, you will see safety and vehicle dam-age warnings. You must follow these warnings carefully toavoid possible injury or damage.

The types of warnings, what they look like, and how they areused in this manual are explained as follows:

CAUTION

This is a warning against something which may causeinjury to people if the warning is ignored. You areinformed about what you must or must not do inorder to avoid or reduce the risk to yourself and otherpeople.

NOTICE

This is a warning against something which may causedamage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warningis ignored. You are informed about what you must ormust not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk ofdamage to your vehicle and its equipment.

Safety symbol

When you see the safety symbolshown above, it means: “Do not...”;“Do not do this”; or “Do not let thishappen”.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

iii 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Important information about your Toyota

New vehicle warranty

Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyotalimited warranties:

� New vehicle warranty

� Emission control systems warranty

� Others

For further information, please refer to the “Owner’sWarranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s ManualSupplement”.

Your responsibility for maintenance

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that thespecified maintenance is performed. Section 6 gives de-tails of these maintenance requirements. Also includedin Section 6 is general maintenance. For scheduledmaintenance information, please refer to the “ScheduledMaintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

Accessories, spare parts andmodification of your Toyota

A wide variety of non–genuine spare parts and accesso-ries for Toyota vehicles are currently available in themarket. You should know that Toyota does not warrantthese products and is not responsible for their perfor-mance, repair, or replacement, or for any damage theymay cause to, or adverse effect they may have on,your Toyota vehicle.

This vehicle should not be modified with non–genuineToyota products. Modification with non–genuine Toyotaproducts could affect its performance, safety or durabili-ty, and may even violate governmental regulations. Inaddition, damage or performance problems resulting fromthe modification may not be covered under warranty.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

iv 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Spark ignition system of yourToyota

The spark ignition system in your Toyota meets all re-quirements of the Canadian Interference–Causing Equip-ment Standard.

Installation of a mobiletwo–way radio system

As the installation of a mobile two–way radio system inyour vehicle could affect electronic systems such asmultiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuelinjection system, cruise control system, anti–lock brakesystem, SRS airbag system and seat belt pretensionersystem, be sure to check with your Toyota dealer forprecautionary measures or special instructions regardinginstallation.

Scrapping of your Toyota

The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices inyour Toyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicleis scrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left asthey are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Besure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seatbelt pretensioner removed and disposed of by a qualifiedservice shop or by your Toyota dealer before you dis-pose of your vehicle.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

v 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

On–pavement and off–roaddriving tips

This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently froman ordinary passenger car because it is designed foroff–road use also. It has a significantly higher rolloverrate than other types of vehicles. In addition, this ve-hicle has a higher ground clearance and center of gravi-ty than that of an ordinary passenger car. This vehicledesign feature causes this type of vehicle to be morelikely to rollover. Failure to operate this vehicle correctlymay result in loss of control, accidents or vehicle rol-lover causing death or serious injury. Be sure to read“Off–road vehicle precautions” in Section 2 and “Off–road driving precautions” in Section 3.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

vi 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

vii 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Model code

Check the model code to see what type of model your vehicle is.

– D

The model code appears on the manufacturer’s plate with the heading “MODEL”.See “Your Toyota’s identification” in Section 2 for the manufacturer’s plate location.

Grade

D: Standard gradeS: SR5 gradeL: Limited grade

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

12001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOverview of instruments and controls

Instrument panel overview 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Instrument cluster overview 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 1

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Instrument panel overview1. Side vents

2. Instrument cluster

3. Center vents

4. Garage door opener box or auxiliary box

5. Personal lights

6. Side defroster outlet

7. Power door lock switches

8. Power window switches

9. Glove box

10. Manual transmission gear shift lever

11. Front drive control lever

12. Parking brake lever (vehicles with manual transmission)

13. Lower vent

14. Hood lock release lever

15. Parking brake pedal (vehicles with automatic transmission)

16. Window lock switch

17. Power rear view mirror control switch

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

32001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

1. Front fog light switch

2. Headlight and turn signal switch

3. Wiper and washer switches

4. Automatic transmission selector lever

5. Cargo lamp switch

6. Emergency flasher switch

7. Note pad holder

8. Car audio

9. Air conditioning controls

10. Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light/passenger airbag off indicator

11. Passenger airbag manual on–off switch

12. Clock

13. Cup holder

14. Power outlets

15. “4LO” button

16. “2WD/4HI” button

17. Ashtray

18. Cigarette lighter

19. Cruise control switch

20. Ignition switch

21. Tilt steering lock release lever

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

4 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

22. Instrument panel light control knob

23. Clutch start cancel switch

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

52001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

1. Oil pressure gauge

2. Service reminder indicators and indicator lights

3. Tachometer

4. Speedometer

5. Voltmeter

6. Fuel gauge

7. Trip meter reset knob

8. Odometer and two trip meters

9. Engine coolant temperature gauge

Instrument cluster overview�With tachometer

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

6 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

1. Engine coolant temperature gauge

2. Service reminder indicators and indicator lights

3. Speedometer

4. Fuel gauge

5. Trip meter reset knob

6. Odometer and two trip meters

�Without tachometer

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

72001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel

Seat belt reminder light∗1

Low oil pressure warning light∗1

Low fuel level warning light∗1

Brake system warning light∗1

Discharge warning light∗1

Malfunction indicator lamp∗1

Anti–lock brake system warning light∗1

SRS warning light∗1

or

Automatic transmission fluid temperature warninglight∗1

Unengaged “Park” warning light∗1

Low windshield washer fluid level warninglight∗1

Headlight high beam indicator light

Overdrive–off indicator light

Turn signal indicator lights

Open door warning light∗1

Passenger airbag off indicator light

Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light∗1

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

8 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

∗1: For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzers” in Section 1–5.

∗2: If this light flashes, see “Four–wheel drive system” in Sec-tion 1–6.

∗3: If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” in Section 1–6.

Cruise control indicator light∗3

Low speed four–wheel drive indicator light∗2

Four–wheel drive indicator light

High speed four–wheel drive indicator light∗2

Automatic transmission indicator lights

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

92001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLSKeys and DoorsKeys 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side doors 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power windows 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear side windows 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear window 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tailgate 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hood 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel tank cap 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 2

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

10 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Keys

This key works in every lock.

Since the doors can be locked without akey, you should always carry a spare keyin case you accidentally lock your keyinside the vehicle.

KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate.Keep the plate in a safe place such asyour wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if youneed additional keys, duplicates can bemade by a Toyota dealer using the keynumber.

We recommend you to write down the keynumber and keep it in safe place.

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY

Insert the key into the keyhole and turnit.

To lock: Turn the key forward.To unlock: Turn the key backward.

Vehicles with power door lock system—Both doors lock and unlock simultaneouslywith either door. In the driver’s door lock,turning the key once will unlock the driv-er’s door and twice in succession will un-lock the driver’s door and passenger’sdoor simultaneously.

Side doors——Front doors

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

112001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITHINSIDE LOCK KNOB

Move the lock knob.

To lock: Push the knob forward.To unlock: Pull the knob backward.

Closing the door with the lock knob in thelock position will also lock the door. Becareful not to lock your keys in the ve-hicle.

Vehicles with power door lock system—The door will not lock if the key is left inthe ignition switch when closing the frontdoors.

Driver’s side

Passenger’s side

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITHPOWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

Push the switch.

To lock: Push the switch on the front side.To unlock: Push the switch on the rearside.

Both doors lock or unlock simultaneously.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the doorsare closed and locked, especiallywhen small children are in the ve-hicle. Along with the proper use ofseat belts, locking the doors helpsprevent the driver and passengersfrom being thrown out from the ve-hicle during an accident. It also helpsprevent the doors from being openedunintentionally.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

12 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

For easy access to the rear seat, openthe access door (rear door).

To open: First, open the front door widely.Then pull the outside handle or inside le-ver of the access door.

If you try to open the front and rear doorssimultaneously, they will not open.

To close: First, close the access doorcompletely. Then close the front door.

You can open and close the access dooronly when the front door is opened.

NOTICE

The front door and access door couldbe damaged if they hit each otherwhen being opened or closed. Besure to follow the above instructions.

Power windows

The windows can be operated with theswitch on either front door.

The power windows work when the ignitionswitch is in the “ON” position.

Key off operation: If both front doors areclosed, they work for 43 seconds evenafter the ignition switch is turned off. Theystop working when either front door isopened.

OPERATING THE DRIVER’S WINDOW

Use the switch on the driver’s door.

Normal operation: The window moves aslong as you hold the switch.

To open: Lightly push down the switch.To close: Pull up the switch.

—Access doors (access cab models)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

132001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Automatic operation (to open only):Push the switch completely down and thenrelease it. The window will fully open. Tostop the window partway, lightly pull theswitch up and then release it.

Windowlock switch

OPERATING THE PASSENGER’SWINDOW

Use the switch on the passenger’s dooror the switch on the driver’s door thatcontrols the passenger’s window.

The window moves as long as you holdthe switch.

To open: Push down the switch.To close: Pull up the switch.

If you push in the window lock switch onthe driver’s door, the passenger’s windowcannot be operated.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

14 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury, youmust do the following.

� Always make sure the head, handsand other parts of the body of alloccupants are kept completely in-side the vehicle before you closethe power windows. If someone’sneck, head or hands gets caught ina closing window, it could result ina serious injury. When anyonecloses the power windows, be surethat they operate the windows safe-ly.

� When small children are in the ve-hicle, never let them use the powerwindow switches without supervi-sion. Use the window lock switch toprevent them from making unex-pected use of the switches.

� Never leave small children alone inthe vehicle, especially with the igni-tion key still inserted. They coulduse the power window switches andget trapped in a window. Unat-tended children can become in-volved in serious accidents.

To open the rear side window, pull thelatch handle toward you and swing itfully out.

After closing the window, make sure it iscompletely closed.

Rear window

To open the rear window, push the le-ver and slide the window.

After closing the window, make sure it iscompletely closed.

Rear side windows(access cab models)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

152001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Tailgate

OPENING

To open the tailgate, pull the handle up.

The support cables will hold the tailgatehorizontal.

See “Luggage stowage precautions” inSection 2 for precautions in loading lug-gage.

After closing the tailgate, try pulling andpushing it to make sure it is securelyclosed.

NOTICE

Avoid driving with the tailgate open.

Support cable bracket

REMOVAL

1. Open the tailgate to the angle whereyou can release the brackets on thesupport cables from the lugs onboth sides.

To release the support cable bracket, liftit up and slide it off.

2. Tilt the tailgate to about 30 ° fromvertical and pull up the right side ofthe tailgate to unhook the right side.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

16 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

3. Slide the tailgate a little to the rightto unhook the left side.

To attach the tailgate, follow the removalprocedure in reverse order.

After closing the tailgate, try pulling it to-ward you to make sure it is securelyclosed.

We recommend you keep the tailgateclosed when not in use.

NOTICE

Make sure the support brackets aresecurely latched on both side panelswhen installing the tailgate.

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY

Insert the key into the keyhole and turnit to lock or unlock the tailgate.

To lock: Turn the key clockwise.To unlock: Turn the key counterclockwise.

Hood

To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood lock release lever. Thehood will spring up slightly.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the hoodis closed and securely locked. Other-wise, the hood may open unexpected-ly while driving and an accident mayoccur.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

172001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

2. In front of the vehicle, pull up theauxiliary catch l ever and lift thehood.

Before closing the hood, check to see thatyou have not forgotten any tools, rags,etc. Then lower the hood and make sureit locks into place. If necessary, pressdown gently on the front edge to lock it.

Fuel tank cap

1. To open the fuel filler door, insertthe key and turn it counterclockwise.

When refueling, turn off the engine.

CAUTION

� Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-low open flames when refueling.The fumes are flammable.

� When opening the cap, do not re-move the cap quickly. In hot weath-er, fuel under pressure could causeinjury by spraying out of the fillerneck if the cap is suddenly re-moved.

� Do not fill a fuel container on aplastic truck bed liner, a rubbertruck bed mat, or any other insulat-ing material. A static electricitycharge could cause a spark and firehazard. The proper procedure is toplace an approved fuel container onthe ground away from the truck forfilling.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

18 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turnthe cap slowly counterclockwise,then pause slightly before removingit. After removing the cap, hang iton the cap hanger.

It is not unusual to hear a slight swooshwhen the cap is opened. When installing,turn the cap clockwise till you hear aclick.

If the cap is not tightened securely, themalfunction indicator lamp comes on.Make sure the cap is tightened securely.

The indicator lamp goes off after drivingseveral times. If the indicator lamp doesnot go off, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

CAUTION

� Make sure the cap is tightened se-curely to prevent fuel sp illage incase of an accident.

� Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tankcap for replacement. It is designedto regulate fuel tank pressure.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

192001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSSeats, Seat belts, Steering wheel and Mirrors

Seats 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front seats 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Armrest 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Swing–up rear seats 25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Head restraints 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Seat belts 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SRS driver and front passenger airbags 36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Passenger airbag manual on–off switch 45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Child restraint 46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tilt steering wheel 72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outside rear view mirrors 72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Anti–glare inside rear view mirroror 74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sun visors 75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 3

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

20 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

SeatsWhile the vehicle is being driven, all ve-hicle occupants should have the seatbackupright, sit well back in the seat and prop-erly wear the seat belts provided.

CAUTION

� Do not drive the vehicle unless theoccupants are properly seated. Donot allow sitting on top of afolded–down seatback, or in theluggage compartment. Persons notproperly seated and/or properly re-strained by seat belts can be se-verely injured in the event of emer-gency braking or a collision.

� During driving, do not allow pas-sengers to stand up or movearound between seats. Severe inju-ries can occur in the event of emer-gency braking or a collision.

Adjust the driver’s seat so that the footpedals, steering wheel and instrumentpanel controls are within easy reach ofthe driver.

CAUTION

� Adjustments should not be madewhile the vehicle is moving, as theseat may unexpectedly move andcause the driver to lose control ofthe vehicle.

� When adjusting the seat, be carefulnot to hit the seat against a pas-senger or luggage.

� After adjusting the seat position,try sliding it forward and backwardto make sure it is locked in posi-tion.

� After adjusting the seatback, exertbody pressure to make sure it islocked in position.

� Do not put objects under the seats.The objects may interfere with theseat–lock mechanism or unexpect-edly push up the seat position ad-justing lever; the seat may suddenlymove, causing the driver to losecontrol of the vehicle.

� While adjusting the seat, do not putyour hands under the seat or nearthe moving parts. You may catchand injure your hands or fingers.

Front seats——Seat adjustment precautions

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

212001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Separate and split bench seat Non–split bench seat

1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER

Separate and split bench seat: Hold thecenter of the lever and pull it up. Thenslide the seat to the desired positionwith slight body pressure and releasethe lever.

Non–split bench seat: Pull the lever up.Then slide the seat to the desired posi-tion with slight body pressure and re-lease the lever.

2. DRIVER’S SEAT CUSHION ANGLEADJUSTING KNOB

Turn the knob either way.

3. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTINGLEVER

Lean forward and pull the lever up.Then lean back to the desired angleand release the lever.

—Adjusting front seats (manual seat)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

22 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of sliding underthe lap belt during a collision, avoidreclining the seatback any more thanneeded. The seat belts provide maxi-mum protection in a frontal or rearcollision when the driver and the pas-senger are sitting up straight andwell back in the seats. If you arereclined, the lap belt may slide pastyour hips and apply restraint forcesdirectly to the abdomen. Therefore, inthe event of a frontal collision, therisk of personal injury may increasewith increasing recline of the seat-back.

1. SEAT POSITION AND SEAT CUSHIONHEIGHT ADJUSTING SWITCH

Move the control switch in the desireddirection.

Releasing the switch will stop the seat atthat position.

Do not place anything under the frontseats. It might interfere with the seatmovement.

2. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTINGSWITCH

Move the control switch in the desireddirection.

Releasing the switch will stop the seat-back at that position.

—Adjusting front seats (power seats)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

232001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of sliding underthe lap belt during a collision, avoidreclining the seatback any more thanneeded. The seat belts provide maxi-mum protection in a frontal or rearcollision when the driver and the pas-senger are sitting up straight andwell back in the seats. If you arereclined, the lap belt may slide pastyour hips and apply restraint forcesdirectly to the abdomen. Therefore, inthe event of a frontal collision, therisk of personal injury may increasewith increasing recline of the seat-back.

3. SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORTADJUSTING SWITCH

Push the control switch on either way.

The amount of lumbar support will changeas long as the switch is pushed.

For easy access to the rear seat, dothis.

Lift the seatback angle adjusting lever orpress the pedal behind the seatback.

The seatback will tilt forward.

After passengers are in, lift up the seat-back until it locks.

CAUTION

� After putting back the seatback, trypushing the seatback forward andrearward to make sure it is securedin place.

� Never allow anyone to rest theirfoot on the press pedal while thevehicle is moving.

—Tilting passenger’s seatbackfor rear seat entry(access cab models)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

24 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Pull the seatback lock release lever andfold down the seatback.

Hold the lever until you have swung theseatback forward slightly.

CAUTION

When returning the seatback to theupright position:

� Make sure the seat belts are nottwisted or caught in the seatbackand are arranged in their properposition and are ready to use.

� Make sure the seatback is securelylocked by pushing forward and rear-ward on the top of the seatback.Failure to do so will prevent seatbelt from operating properly.

Armrest

Type A

—Folding seatback (non–split bench seat)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

252001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Type B

Type C

To use the armrest, do this.

Type A—

To lower: Pull the lock release strap anddown the armrest.To raise: Push down the lock release knoband up the armrest.

Type B—Pull the armrest down as shownin the illustration.

Type C—Pull the armrest out as shown inthe illustration.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the armrest,avoid putting heavy loads on it.

1. Stow the rear seat belt and bucklesas shown in the illustration.

This prevents the belt and buckles fromfalling out when you swing up the rearseat.

NOTICE

The seat belt and buckles must bestowed before you swing up the rearseat.

Swing–up rear seats (access cab models)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

26 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

2. Raise the bottom cushion whilepushing the lock release lever.

CAUTION

When returning the bottom cushion toits original position:

� Make sure the seat belts are nottwisted or caught under the bottomcushion and are arranged in theirproper position and are ready touse.

� Make sure the bottom cushion issecurely locked by trying to pull upthe edge of the bottom cushion.Failure to do so will prevent seatbelt from operating properly.

Head restraints

Front

Rear

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

272001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

For your safety and comfort, adjust thehead restraint before driving.

To raise: Pull it up.To lower: Push it down while pressing thelock release button.

The head restraint is most effective whenit is close to your head. Therefore, usinga cushion on the seatback is not recom-mended.

CAUTION

� Adjust the center of the head re-straint so that it is closest to thetop of your ears.

� After adjusting the head restraint,make sure it is locked in position.

� Do not drive with the head re-straints removed.

Toyota strongly urges that the driver andpassengers in the vehicle be properly re-strained at all times with the seat beltsprovided. Failure to do so could increasethe chance of injury and/or the severity ofinjury in accidents.

Child. Use a child restraint system ap-propriate for the child until the child be-comes large enough to properly wear thevehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint”for details.

STANDARD CAB MODELS—If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child should sit in the seatand must be restrained using the vehicle’sseat belt.

ACCESS CAB MODELS—If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child should sit in the rearseat and must be restrained using thevehicle’s seat belt. According to accidentstatistics, the child is safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seat than in thefront seat.

If a child must sit in the front seat, theseat belts should be worn properly. If anaccident occurs and the seat belts are notworn properly, the force of the rapid infla-tion of the airbag may cause death orserious injury to the child.

Do not allow the child to stand up orkneel on either rear or front seats. Anunrestrained child could suffer serious in-jury or death during emergency braking ora collision. Also, do not let the child siton your lap. It does not provide sufficientrestraint.

Small–framed person or youth in a3–point type seat belt. On models witha non–split bench seat, have a small–framed person or youth sit slightly closerto the center of the vehicle (so the shoul-der belt does not cross over the neck).On models with separate seats and splitbench seat, move the seat fully backward.

Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends theuse of a seat belt. Ask your doctor forspecific recommendations. The lap beltshould be worn securely and as low aspossible over the hips and not on thewaist.

Injured person. Toyota recommends theuse of a seat belt. Depending on the inju-ry, first check with your doctor for specificrecommendations.

Seat belts——Seat belt precautions

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

28 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

Persons should ride in their seatsproperly wearing their seat beltswhenever the vehicle is moving.Otherwise, they are much more likelyto suffer serious bodily injury ordeath in the event of sudden brakingor a collision.

When using the seat belts, observethe following:

� Use the belt for only one person ata time. Do not use a single belt fortwo or more people—even children.

� Avoid reclining the seatbacks toomuch. The seat belts provide maxi-mum protection when the seatbacksare in the upright position. (Referto the seat adjustment instructions.)

� Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. Take care thatthey do not get caught or pinchedin the seat or side doors.

� Inspect the belt system periodically.Check for cuts, fraying, and looseparts. Damaged parts should be re-placed. Do not disassemble ormodify the system.

� Keep the belts clean and dry. Ifthey need cleaning, use a mild soapsolution or lukewarm water. Neveruse bleach, dye, or abrasive clean-ers—they may severely weaken thebelts. (See “Cleaning the interior”in Section 5.)

� Replace the belt assembly (includ-ing bolts) if it has been used in asevere impact. The entire assemblyshould be replaced even if damageis not obvious.

Adjust the seat as needed (front seatsonly) and sit up straight and well backin the seat. To fasten your belt, pull itout of the retractor and insert the tabinto the buckle.

You will hear a click when the tab locksinto the buckle.

The seat belt length automatically adjuststo your size and the seat position.

The retractor will lock the belt during asudden stop or on impact. It also maylock if you lean forward too quickly. Aslow, easy motion will allow the belt toextend, and you can move around freely.

—Front outside seat belts and rear outside seat belts

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

292001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of theretractor, firmly pull the belt and releaseit. You will then be able to smoothly pullthe belt out of the retractor.

When a passenger’s shoulder belt is com-pletely extended and is then retractedeven slightly, the belt is locked in thatposition and cannot be extended. This fea-ture is used to hold the child restraintsystem securely. (For details, see “Childrestraint” in this section.) To free the beltagain, fully retract the belt and then pullthe belt out once more.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the belt is not twisted.

� Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent youfrom properly latching the tab andbuckle.

� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, immediately contact yourToyota dealer. Do not use the seatuntil the seat belt is fixed. It cannotprotect an adult occupant or yourchild from injury.

Standard cab models

Access cab models

Seat belts with an adjustable shoulderanchor—

Adjust the shoulder anchor position toyour size.

Standard cab models—

To raise: Slide the anchor up.To lower: Push in the lock release buttonand slide the anchor down.

Access cab models—

To raise: Slide the anchor up.To lower: Pull the lock release knob andslide the anchor down.

After adjustment, make sure the anchor islocked in position.

CAUTION

Always make sure the shoulder beltis positioned across the center ofyour shoulder. The belt should bekept away from your neck, but notfalling off your s houlder. Failure todo so could reduce the amount ofprotection in an accident and causesevere injuries in a co llision.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

30 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Take up slackToo high

Keep as low onhips as possible

Adjust the position of the lap andshoulder belts.

Position the lap belt as low as possibleon your hips—not on your waist, then ad-just it to a snug fit by pulling the shoulderportion upward through the latch plate.

CAUTION

� Both high–positioned lap belts andloose–fitting belts could cause seri-ous injuries due to sliding underthe lap belt during a collision orother unintended result. Keep thelap belt positioned as low on hipsas possible.

� For your safety, do not place theshoulder belt under your arm.

To release the belt, press the buckle–re-lease button and allow the belt to re-tract.

If the belt does not retract smoothly, pullit out and check for kinks or twists. Thenmake sure it remains untwisted as it re-tracts.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

312001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Lengthen

Sit up straight and well back in theseat. To fasten your belt, insert the tabinto the buckle.


If the belt is not long enough for you, holdthe tab at a right angle to the belt andpull on the tab.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the belt is not twisted.



Too high

Adjust to asnug fit

Keep as low on hips as possible

Remove excess length of the belt andadjust the belt position.

To shorten the belt, pull the free end ofthe belt.

Position the lap belt as low as possibleon your hips—not on your waist, then ad-just it to a snug fit.

CAUTION

Both high–positioned and loose–fit-ting lap belts could cause serious in-juries due to sliding under the lapbelt during a collision or other unin-tended result. Keep the lap belt posi-tioned as low on hips as possible.

—Front center seat belt and rear center seat belt

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

32 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

To release the belt, press the buckle–re-lease button.

The rear seat belt and buckles can bestowed when not in use.

Seat belt and buckles must be stowedbefore you swing up the bottom cushion.(See “Swing–up rear seats” in this sec-tion.)

—Seat belt extenderIf your seat belt cannot be fastened se-curely because it is not long enough, apersonalized seat belt extender is avail-able from your Toyota dealer free ofcharge.

Please contact your local Toyota dealer sothat the dealer can order the proper re-quired length for the extender. Bring theheaviest coat you expect to wear for prop-er measurement and selection of length.Additional ordering information is availableat your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

When using the seat belt extender,observe the following. Failure to fol-low these instructions could result inless effectiveness of the seat belt re-straint system in case of vehicle acci-dent, increasing the chance of per-sonal injury.

� Never use the seat belt extender ifyou can fasten the seat belt withoutit.

—Stowing the rear seat beltand buckles (access cab models)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

332001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

� Remember that the extender pro-vided for you may not be safe whenused on a different vehicle, or foranother person or at a differentseating position than the one origi-nally intended for.

To connect the extender to the seatbelt, insert the tab into the seat beltbuckle so that the “PRESS” signs onthe buckle–release buttons of the ex-tender and the seat belt are both facingoutward as shown.


When releasing the seat belt, press onthe buckle–release button on the extender,not on the seat belt. This helps preventdamage to the vehicle interior and extend-er itself.

When not in use, remove the extenderand store in the vehicle for future use.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the seat belt extender is nottwisted.



’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

34 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

—Front seat belt pretensioners

The driver and front passenger’s seatbelt pretensioners are designed to beactivated in response to a severe fron-tal impact.

When the airbag sensor detects the shockof a severe frontal impact, the front seatbelts are quickly drawn back in by theretractors so that the belts snugly restrainthe front seat occupants.

The front seat belt pretensioners are acti-vated even with no passenger in the frontseat.

Collisions occurring at certain speeds andangles may cause the seat belt preten-sioners and SRS airbags not to operateall together.

This indicator comes on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ACC” or“ON” position. It goes off after about6 seconds. This means the front seatbelt pretensioners are operating proper-ly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, seat belt pretensioner assemblies,inflators, warning light, interconnecting wir-ing and power sources. (For details, see“Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzers” in Section 1–5.)

The front seat belt pretensioner systemmainly consists of the following compo-nents and their locations are shown in theillustration.

1. Front airbag sensors

2. SRS warning light

3. Front seat belt pretensioner assemblies

4. Airbag sensor assembly

The front seat belt pretensioners are con-trolled by the airbag sensor assembly. Theairbag sensor assembly consists of a saf-ing sensor and airbag sensor.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

352001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

When the front seat belt pretensioners areactivated, an operating noise may beheard and a small amount of smoke–likegas may be released. This gas is harm-less and does not indicate that a fire isoccurring.

Once the front seat belt pretensionershave been activated, the seat belt retrac-tors remain locked.

CAUTION

Do not modify, remove, strike or openthe front seat belt pretensioner as-semblies, airbag sensor or surround-ing area or wiring. Doing any ofthese may cause sudden operation ofthe front seat belt pretensioners ordisable the system, which could re-sult in death or serious injury.

Failure to follow these instructionscan result in death or serious inju-ries.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of thefront seat belt pretensioners in somecases.

� Installation of electronic devicessuch as a mobile two–way radio,cassette tape player or compactdisc player

� Repairs on or near the front seatbelt pretensioner assemblies

� Modification of the suspension sys-tem

� Modification of the front end struc-ture

� Attachment of a grille guard (bullbar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,winches or any other equipment tothe front end

� Repairs made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure or con-sole

This front seat belt pretensioner systemhas a service reminder indicator to informthe driver of operating problems. If any ofthe following conditions occurs, thisindicates a malfunction of the airbags orpretensioners. Contact your Toyota dealeras soon as possible to service thevehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ACC” or“ON” position, or the light remains on.

� The light comes on or flashes whiledriving.

� If either front seat belt does not retractor cannot be pulled out due to a mal-function or activation of the relevantfront seat belt pretensioner.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

36 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer as soon as possible:

� The front part of the vehicle (shadedin the illustration) was involved in anaccident that was not severe enough tocause the front seat belt pretensionersto operate.

� Either front seat belt pretensioner as-sembly or surrounding area isscratched, cracked, or otherwise dam-aged.

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem) airbags are designed to providefurther protection for the driver andright front passenger in addition to theprimary safety protection provided bythe seat belts.

� Vehicles with separate front seats—TheSRS airbags are designed to protectthe driver and front passenger.

� Vehicles with bench type front seats—The SRS airbags are designed to pro-tect the driver and right–front passen-ger. They are not designed to protectoccupant in the center position.

In response to a severe frontal impact,the SRS airbags work together with theseat belts to help reduce injury by inflat-ing. The SRS airbags help to reduce inju-ries mainly to the driver’s or right frontpassenger’s head or chest caused by di-rectly hitting the steering wheel or dash-board. The front passenger airbag is acti-vated even with no passenger in the frontseat.

Be sure to wear your seat belt properly.

Your vehicle is equipped with a crashsensing and diagnostic module, which willrecord the use of the seat belt restraintsystem by the driver and right front pas-senger when the SRS airbags are inflated.

SRS driver and front passenger airbags

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

372001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

A driver or front passengers tooclose to the steering wheel or dash-board during airbag deployment canbe killed or seriously injured. Toyotastrongly recommends that:

� The driver sit as far back as pos-sible from the steering wheel whilestill maintaining control of the ve-hicle.

� The front passengers sit as farback as possible from the dash-board.

� All vehicle occupants be properlyrestrained using the available seatbelts.

Indicator light

The passenger airbag system isequipped with a manual on–off switchand indicator light. Turning the passen-ger airbag manual on–off switch clock-wise to the “ON” position makes thepassenger airbag system operational.Turning the passenger airbag manualon–off switch counterclockwise to the“OFF” position disables the passengerairbag system. The indicator light onthe passenger airbag manual on–offswitch will come on when the passen-ger airbag system has been disabled.

See “Passenger airbag manual on–offswitch” in this section for detail.

CAUTION

� Make sure that the indicator light isoff.

� Do not turn off the passenger air-bag manual on–off switch exceptwhen a member of a passenger riskgroup identified in TABLE 1 is oc-cupying the right front passengerseating position.

� When the passenger airbag manualon–off switch is turned off, the pas-senger airbag will not inflate in acollision and turning off the pas-senger airbag can reduce the occu-pant protection which your vehiclesafety systems can provide to youin certain accidents and increasethe likelihood of serious personalinjuries.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

38 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

This indicator comes on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ACC” or“ON” position. It goes off after about6 seconds. This means the SRS airbagsare operating properly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, inflators, warning light, interconnect-ing wiring and power sources. (For details,see “Service reminder indicators andwarning buzzers” in Section 1–5.)

TABLE 1: A PASSENGER RISK GROUP

Infant. An infant (less than 1 year old) who must ride in the front seat because:

� Vehicle has no rear seat;

� Vehicle has a rear seat too small to accommodate a rear–facing infant seat;or

� The infant has a medical condition which, according to the infant’s physician,makes it necessary for the infant to ride in the front seat so that the drivercan constantly monitor the child’s condition.

Child age 1 to 12. A child age 1 to 12 must ride in the front seat because:

� Vehicle has no rear seat:

� Although children ages 1 to 12 ride in the rear seat(s) whenever possible,children ages 1 to 12 sometimes must ride in the front because no space isavailable in the rear seat(s) of vehicle; or

� The child has a medical condition which, according to the child’s physician,makes it necessary for the child to ride in the front seat so that the driver canconstantly monitor the child’s condition.

Medical condition. A passenger has a medical condition which according to hisor her physician:

� Causes the passenger airbag to pose a special risk for the passenger: and

� Makes the potential harm from the passenger airbag in a crash greater than thepotential harm from turning off the airbag and allowing the passenger, even ifbelted, to hit the dashboard, or windshield in a crash.

For more detailed information concerning about the passenger risk group, pleasecontact NHTSA at 1–800–424–9393 or Transport Canada at 1–800–333–0371.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

392001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

The SRS airbag system is designed toactivate in response to a severe frontalimpact within the shaded area betweenthe arrows in the illustration.

The SRS airbags will deploy if the severi-ty of the impact is above the designedthreshold level, comparable to an approxi-mate 25 km/h (15 mph) collision whenimpacting straight into a fixed barrier thatdoes not move or deform.

If the severity of the impact is below theabove threshold level, the SRS airbagsmay not deploy.

However, this threshold velocity will beconsiderably higher if the vehicle strikesan object, such as a parked vehicle orsign pole, which can move or deform onimpact, or if it is involved in an underridecollision (e.g. a collision in which the noseof the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under,the bed of a truck, etc.).

It is possible that in some collisions at thelower zone of airbag sensor detection andactivation the SRS airbags and seat beltpretensioners will not operate all together.

For the safety of all occupants, alwayswear your seat belts properly.

Collision from the rear

Collision from the side

Vehicle rollover

The SRS airbags are not designed toinflate if the vehicle is involved in aside or rear collision, if it rolls over, orif it is involved in a low–speed frontalcollision.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

40 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Hitting a curb, edge of pavementor hard material

Falling into or jumping over adeep hole

Landing hard or vehicle falling

The SRS airbags may deploy if a seri-ous impact occurs to the underside ofyour vehicle. Some examples are shownin the illustration.

The SRS airbag system consists mainly ofthe following components, and their loca-tions are shown in the illustration.

1. Front airbag sensors

2. SRS warning light

3. Airbag module for right front passenger(airbag and inflator)

4. Passenger airbag manual on–off switch

5. Airbag sensor assembly

6. Airbag module for driver (airbag and inflator)

The airbag sensor assembly consists of asafing sensor and airbag sensor.

In a severe frontal impact, the sensorsdetect deceleration and the system trig-gers the airbag inflators. Then a chemicalreaction in the inflators quickly fills theairbags with non–toxic gas to help restrainthe forward motion of the occupants.

When the airbags inflate, they produce afairly loud noise and release some smokeand residue along with non–toxic gas. Thisdoes not indicate a fire. This gas is nor-mally harmless; however, for those whohave delicate skin, it may cause a minorskin irritation. Be sure to wash off anyresidue as soon as possible to preventany potential skin irritation.

Deployment of the airbags happens in afraction of a second, so the airbags mustinflate with considerable force. While thesystem is designed to reduce serious inju-ries, it may also cause minor burns orabrasions and swelling.

Parts of the airbag module (steering wheelhub, dashboard) may be hot for severalminutes, but the airbags themselves willnot be hot. The airbags are designed toinflate only once.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

412001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

A crash severe enough to inflate the air-bags may break the windshield as thevehicle buckles. In vehicles with a pas-senger airbag the windshield may also bedamaged by absorbing some of the forceof the inflating airbag.

CAUTION

� The SRS airbag system is designedonly as a supplement to the prima-ry protection of the driver side andright front passenger side seat beltsystems. The front seat occupantscan be killed or seriously injured bythe inflating airbags if they do notwear the available seat belts prop-erly. During sudden braking just be-fore a collision, an unrestraineddriver or front passenger can moveforward into direct contact with orclose proximity to the airbag whichmay then deploy during the colli-sion. To ensure maximum protectionin an accident, the driver and allpassengers in the vehicle mustwear their seat belts properly. Wear-ing a seat belt properly during anaccident reduces the chances ofdeath or serious injury or beingthrown out of the vehicle. Forinstructions and precautions con-cerning the seat belt system, see“Seat belts” in this section.

� Improperly seated and/or restrainedinfants and children can be killedor seriously injured by the deploy-ing airbags. An infant or child whois too small to use a seat beltshould be properly secured using achild restraint system. As to accesscab models, Toyota recommendsthat all infants and children beplaced in the rear seat of the ve-hicle and properly restrained. Therear seat is the safest for infantsand children. For instructions con-cerning the installation of a childrestraint system, see “Child re-straint” in this section.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

42 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

A member of a passenger risk groupshould never sit or be occupied inthe right front passenger seat withairbag manual on–off switch in the“ON” position. (For details, see “SRSdriver and front passenger airbags”in this section.)

CAUTION

� Never put a rear–facing child re-straint system on the right frontseat with the passenger airbagmanual on–off switch in the “ON”position. In the event of an acci-dent, the force of the rapid inflationof the front passenger airbag cancause death or serious injury to thechild.

� A forward–facing child restraint sys-tem which belongs to a passengerrisk group should never be put onthe right front seat with the passen-ger airbag manual on–off switch inthe “ON” position, because theforce of the deploying airbag couldcause death or serious injury to thechild in forward seating position.

For instructions concerning theinstallation of a child restraint sys-tem, see “Child restraint” in thissection.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

432001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

� Do not sit on the edge of the seator lean over the dashboard whenthe vehicle is in use. The airbagsinflate with considerable speed andforce; you may be killed or serious-ly injured. Sit up straight and wellback in the seat, and always useyour seat belt properly.

� Do not allow a child to stand up,or to kneel on the front passengerseat. The airbag inflates with con-siderable speed and force; the childmay be killed or seriously injured.

� Do not hold a child on your lap orin your arms. Use a child restraintsystem in the rear seat. For instruc-tions concerning the installation ofa child restraint system, see “Childrestraint” in this section.

� Do not put objects or your pets onor in front of the dashboard orsteering wheel pad that houses theairbag system. They might restrictinflation or cause death or seriousinjury as they are projected rear-ward by the force of deploying air-bags. Likewise, the driver and frontpassenger should not hold things intheir arms or on their knees.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

44 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

� Do not modify or remove any wir-ing. Do not modify, remove, strikeor open any components such asthe steering wheel pad, steeringwheel, column cover, front passen-ger airbag cover, front passengerairbag or airbag sensor assembly.Doing any of these may cause sud-den SRS airbag inflation or disablethe system, which could result indeath or serious injury.

Failure to follow these instructionscan result in death or serious injury.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of theSRS airbag system in some cases.

� Installation of electronic devicessuch as a mobile two–way radio,cassette tape player or compactdisc player

� Modification of the suspension sys-tem

� Modification of the front end struc-ture

� Attachment of a grille guard (bullbar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,winches or any other equipment tothe front end

� Repairs made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure, con-sole, steering column, steeringwheel or dashboard near the frontpassenger airbag

This SRS airbag system has a servicereminder indicator to inform the driver ofoperating problems. If either of the follow-ing conditions occurs, this indicates amalfunction of the airbags. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toservice the vehicle.



’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

452001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer as soon as possible:

� The SRS airbags have been inflated.

� The front part of the vehicle (shadedin the illustration) was involved in anaccident that was not severe enough tocause the SRS airbags to inflate.

� The pad section of the steering wheelor front passenger airbag cover(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,cracked, or otherwise damaged.

NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cablesbefore contacting your Toyota dealer.

Indicator light

This on–off switch is designed to dis-able the passenger airbag in order toallow usage, if necessary, of a memberof a passenger risk group identified inTABLE 1 is occupying the right frontpassenger seating position. (For details,see “SRS driver and front passengerairbags” in this section.)

Operate on–off switch as follows:

Insert key into the keyhole and turn it.

To turn passenger airbag on: Turn the keyclockwise to the “ON” position.To turn passenger airbag off: Turn the keycounterclockwise to the “OFF” position.

The indicator comes on when the passen-ger airbag system is off.

CAUTION

� Make sure that the indicator light isoff.

� Do not turn off the passenger air-bag manual on–off switch exceptwhen a member of a passenger riskgroup identified in TABLE 1 (page38) is occupying the right front pas-senger seating position.

� When the passenger airbag manualon–off switch is turned off, the pas-senger airbag will not inflate in acollision and turning off the pas-senger airbag can reduce the occu-pant protection which your vehiclesafety systems can provide to youin certain accidents and increasethe likelihood of serious personalinjuries.

For details, see “SRS driver and frontpassenger airbags” in this section.

Passenger airbag manual on–off switch

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

46 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Toyota strongly urges the use of childrestraint systems for children smallenough to use them.

The laws of all fifty states in the U.S.A.and Canada now require the use of achild restraint system.

Your vehicle conforms to SAEJ1819.

If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child should sit in the seatand must be restrained using the vehicle’sseat belt. See “Seat belts” for details.

CAUTION

� For effective protection in automo-bile accidents and sudden stops,child must be properly restrainedusing a seat belt or child restraintsystem depending on the age andsize of the child. Holding a child inyour arms is not a substitute for achild restraint system. In an acci-dent, the child can be crushedagainst the windshield, or betweenyou and the vehicle’s interior.

� STANDARD CAB MODELS—Toyota strongly urges use of aproper child restraint system whichconforms to the size of the child.

ACCESS CAB MODELS—Toyota strongly urges use of aproper child restraint system whichconforms to the size of the child,and is put on the rear seat. Accord-ing to accident statistics, the childis safer when properly restrained inthe rear seat than in the front seat.

� Never put infant or child age 1 to12 in a passenger risk group on theright front seat with the passengerairbag manual on–off switch in the“ON” position. In the event of anaccident, the force of the rapidinflation of the passenger airbagcan cause death or serious injuryto the child.

If you must put infant or child age1 to 12 in a passenger risk groupon the right front seat, make surethe passenger airbag manual on–offswitch is in the “OFF” position andthat the indicator light is on. (Fordetails, see “SRS driver and frontpassenger airbags” in this section.)

� Make sure that you have compliedwith all installation instructions pro-vided by the child restraintmanufacturer and that the system isproperly secured.

Child restraint——Child restraint precautions

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

472001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

—Child restraint systemA child restraint system for a smallchild or baby must itself be properlyrestrained on the seat with either thelap belt or the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt. You must carefully con-sult the manufacturer’s instructionswhich accompany the child restraintsystem.

To provide proper restraint, use a childrestraint system following the manufactur-er’s instructions about the appropriate ageand size of the child for the child restraintsystem.

Install the child restraint system correctlyfollowing the instructions provided by itsmanufacturer. General directions are alsoprovided under the following illustrations.

The child restraint system should beinstalled on the rear seat if your vehicleis equipped with rear seats. According toaccident statistics, the child is safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat thanin the front seat.

CAUTION

� Never put infant or child age 1 to12 in a passenger risk group on theright front seat with the passengerairbag manual on–off switch in the“ON” position. In the event of anaccident, the force of the rapidinflation of the passenger airbagcan cause death or serious injuryto the child.

If you must put infant or child age1 to 12 in a passenger risk groupon the right front seat, make surethe passenger airbag manual on–offswitch is in the “OFF” position andthat the indicator light is on. (Fordetails, see “SRS driver and frontpassenger airbags” in this section.)

� After installing the child restraintsystem, make sure it is secured inplace according to the manufactur-er’s instructions. If it is not re-strained securely, it may causedeath or serious injury to the childin the event of a sudden stop oraccident.

When not using the child restraint system,keep it secured with the seat belt or placeit somewhere other than the passengercompartment. This will prevent it from in-juring passengers in the event of a sud-den stop or accident.

Your vehicle has anchors for securing thetop strap of a child restraint system.

For instructions on how to use the anchorbracket, see “—Using a top strap” in thissection.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

48 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Child restraint systems are classified intothe following 3 types depending on thechild’s age and size.

(A) Infant seat(B) Convertible seat(C) Booster seat

Install the child restraint system followingthe instructions provided by its manufac-turer.

(A) Infant seat

(B) Convertible seat

(C) Booster seat

—Types of child restraint system

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

492001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION

An infant seat is used in rear–facingposition only.

With the child restraint system installed,check that your driving position is satis-factory and that the child restraint systemdoes not interfere with your driving.

If your driving position is not satisfactory,or the child restraint system interfereswith your driving, install it at another posi-tion.

CAUTION

Ignoring the above instructions mayresult in a serious injury in case ofan accident.

CAUTION

Never put a rear–facing child restraintsystem on the front seat with thepassenger airbag manual on–offswitch in the “ON” position. In theevent of an accident, the force of therapid inflation of the front passengerairbag can cause death or serious in-jury to the child.

—Installation with 2–pointtype seat belt

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

50 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

When you put a rear–facing child re-straint system on the front seat, turnthe passenger airbag manual on–offswitch counterclockwise to the “OFF”position. (For details, see “SRS driverand front passenger airbags” in thissection.)

The indicator comes on when the systemis off.

CAUTION

If you must put a rear–facing childrestraint system on the front seat,make sure the passenger airbagmanual on–off switch is in the “OFF”position and that the indicator light ison.

CAUTION

� Do not put a rear–facing child re-straint system on the rear seat ifthe child restraint system interfereswith the front seat lock mechanismor with your proper driving posi-tion. This can cause severe injuryto the child and front passenger incase of sudden braking or a colli-sion.

� If your driving position is not satis-factory, install the child restraintsystem at another position.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

512001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

1. Run the center lap belt through oraround the infant seat following theinstructions provided by its manufactur-er and insert the tab into the buckletaking care not to twist the lap belt.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap belt is not twisted.


� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, it cannot protect yourchild from injury. Contact yourToyota dealer immediately. Do notuse the seat until the seat belt isfixed.

2. While pressing the infant seat firmlyagainst the seat cushion and seatback,tighten the lap belt by pulling its freeend to hold the infant seat securely.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

52 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint sys-tem in different directions to be sureit is secure. Follow all the installationinstructions provided by its manufac-turer.

3. To remove the infant seat, press thebuckle–release button.

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat is used in forward–facing or rear–facing position depend-ing on the child’s age and size. Wheninstalling, follow the manufacturer’s in-struction about the applicable child’sage and size as well as directions forinstalling the child restraint system.

With the child restraint system installed,check that your driving position is satis-factory and that the child restraint systemdoes not interfere with your driving.

If your driving position is not satisfactory,or the child restraint system interfereswith your driving, install it at another posi-tion.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

532001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

Ignoring the above instructions mayresult in a serious injury in case ofan accident.

CAUTION

Rear–facing child restraint system:Never put a rear–facing child restraintsystem on the front seat with thepassenger airbag manual on–offswitch in the “ON” position. In theevent of an accident, the force of therapid inflation of the front passengerairbag can cause death or serious in-jury to the child.

When you put a rear–facing child re-straint system on the front seat, turnthe passenger airbag manual on–offswitch counterclockwise to the “OFF”position. (For details, see “SRS driverand front passenger airbags” in thissection.)


’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

54 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

If you must put a rear–facing childrestraint system on the front seat,make sure the passenger airbagmanual on–off switch is in the “OFF”position and that the indicator light ison.

CAUTION

Forward–facing child restraint system:A forward–facing child restraint sys-tem should never be put on the frontseat with the passenger airbag manu-al on–off switch in the “ON” position,because the force of the deployingairbag could cause death or seriousinjury to the child in forward seatingposition.

CAUTION



’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

552001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

1. Run the center lap belt through oraround the convertible seat followingthe instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab intothe buckle taking care not to twist thelap belt.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap belt is not twisted.



2. While pressing the convertible seatfirmly against the seat cushion andseatback, tighten the lap belt by pullingits free end to hold the convertible seatsecurely.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

56 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION


3. To remove the convertible seat, pressthe buckle–release button.

(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION

An infant seat is used in rear–facingposition only.

—Installation with 3–pointtype seat belt

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

572001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

Never put a rear–facing child restraintsystem on the right front seat withthe passenger airbag manual on–offswitch in the “ON” position. In theevent of an accident, the force of therapid inflation of the front passengerairbag can cause death or serious in-jury to the child.

When you put a rear–facing child re-straint system which belongs to a pas-senger risk group on the right frontseat, turn the passenger airbag manualon–off switch counterclockwise to the“OFF” position. (For details, see “SRSdriver and front passenger airbags” inthis section.)


CAUTION

If you must put a rear–facing childrestraint system on the right frontseat, make sure the passenger airbagmanual on–off switch is in the “OFF”position and that the indicator light ison.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

58 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION



1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the infant seat following theinstructions provided by its manufactur-er and insert the tab into the buckletaking care not to twist the belt. Keepthe lap portion of the belt tight.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap and shoulder portionsof the belt are not twisted.



’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

592001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted even slightly, it cannotbe extended.

To hold the infant seat securely, makesure the belt is in the lock mode beforeletting the belt retract.

3. While pressing the infant seat firmlyagainst the seat cushion and seatback,let the shoulder belt retract as far asit will go to hold the infant seat secure-ly.

CAUTION


’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

60 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

4. To remove the infant seat, press thebuckle–release button and allow thebelt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready towork for an adult or older child passen-ger.

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat is used in forward–facing or rear–facing position depend-ing on the child’s age and size. Wheninstalling, follow the manufacturer’sinstruction about the applicable child’sage and size as well as directions forinstalling the child restraint system.

CAUTION

Rear–facing child restraint system:Never put a rear–facing child restraintsystem on the right front seat withthe passenger airbag manual on–offswitch in the “ON” position. In theevent of an accident, the force of therapid inflation of the front passengerairbag can cause death or serious in-jury to the child.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

612001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

When you put a rear–facing child re-straint system which belongs to a pas-senger risk group on the right frontseat, turn the passenger airbag manualon–off switch counterclockwise to the“OFF” position. (For details, see “SRSdriver and front passenger airbags” inthis section.)


CAUTION

If you must put a rear–facing childrestraint system on the right frontseat, make sure the passenger airbagmanual on–off switch is in the “OFF”position and that the indicator light ison.

CAUTION

Forward–facing child restraint system:A forward–facing child restraint sys-tem which belongs to a passengerrisk group should never be put onthe right front seat with the passen-ger airbag manual on–off switch inthe “ON” position, because the forceof the deploying airbag could causedeath or serious injury to the child inforward seating position. (For details,see “SRS driver and front passengerairbags” in this section.)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

62 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION



1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the convertible seat followingthe instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab intothe buckle taking care not to twist thebelt. Keep the lap portion of the belttight.

CAUTION




’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

632001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted slightly, it cannot be ex-tended.

To hold the convertible seat securely,make sure the belt is in the lock modebefore letting the belt retract.

3. While pressing the convertible seatfirmly against the seat cushion andseatback, let the shoulder belt retractas far as it will go to hold the convert-ible seat securely.

CAUTION


’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

64 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

4. To remove the convertible seat, pressthe buckle–release button and allow thebelt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready towork for an adult or older child passen-ger.

(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION

A booster seat is used in forward–fac-ing position only.

CAUTION

A forward–facing child restraint sys-tem which belongs to a passengerrisk group should never be put onthe right front seat with the passen-ger airbag manual on–off switch inthe “ON” position, because the forceof the deploying airbag could causedeath or serious injury to the child inforward seating position. (For details,see “SRS driver and front passengerairbags” in this section.)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

652001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Runthe lap and shoulder belt through oraround the booster seat and child fol-lowing the instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab intothe buckle taking care not to twist thebelt.

Make sure the shoulder belt is correctlyacross the child’s shoulder and that thelap belt is positioned as low as possibleon child’s hips. See “Seat belts” for de-tails.

CAUTION

� Always make sure the shoulder beltis positioned across the center ofchild’s shoulder. The belt should bekept away from child’s neck, butnot falling off child’s s houlder. Fail-ure to do so could reduce theamount of protection in an accidentand cause serious injuries in a col-lision.

� Both high–positioned lap belts andloose–fitting belts could cause seri-ous injuries due to sliding underthe lap belt during a collision orother unintended result. Keep thelap belt positioned as low on achild’s hips as possible.

� For child’s safety, do not place theshoulder belt under child’s arm.


� Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent yourchild from properly latching the taband buckle.


’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

66 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

2. To remove the child restraint system,press the buckle–release button and al-low the belt to retract.

Follow the procedure below for a childrestraint system that requires the useof a top strap.

Symbol

Anchor bracket

Separate seat

Symbol

Anchor brackets

Split and non–split bench seat

—Using a top strap(standard cab models)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

672001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Use the anchor bracket on the back panelto attach the top strap.

Anchor brackets are installed for (each)passenger seat.

This symbol indicates the locations ofuser ready anchor brackets.

TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:

1. Remove the passenger head re-straint.

2. Lightly push down on the top sur-face of the anchor bracket cover,then pull it forward to remove.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

68 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

3. Fix the child restraint system withthe seat belt.

Latch the hook onto the anchorbracket and tighten the top strap.

For instructions to install the child re-straint system, see “Child restraint” in thissection.

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is securelylatched, and check that the child re-straint system is secure by pushingand pulling it in different directions.

4. Replace the passenger head re-straint.

Store any removed covers in a safe placesuch as the glove box.

Be sure to replace all covers when theanchor bracket is not in use.

Outside position

Center position

—Using a top strap(access cab models)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

692001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Follow the procedure below for a childrestraint system that requires the useof a top strap.

Symbol Routing devices

Anchor brackets

Use the routing device on the rear of theseat back and the anchor bracket on theside floor to attach the top strap.

Anchor brackets are installed for eachrear seating position.

This symbol indicates the locations ofuser ready anchor brackets.

TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:

Outside position

1. Remove the head restraint.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

70 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Routing device

2. Route the top strap through therouting device as shown in the il-lustration.

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is nottwisted.

3. Fix the child restraint system withthe seat belt.

Latch the hook onto the anchorbracket on the side floor and tightenthe top strap.

For instructions to install the child re-straint system, see “Child restraint” in thissection.

CAUTION


4. Replace the head restraint.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

712001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Center position

1. Fold down the cup holder, unfastenthe Velcro that attaches the anchorbracket cover, and lift the cover.

2. Route the top strap through the sloton top of the seat, pass the strapthrough the seat, then latch the hookonto the anchor bracket.

Close the cover and return the cupholder to the original position.

3. Move the child restraint system tothe correct position.

Then fix the child restraint systemwith the seat belt and tighten thetop strap.

CAUTION


’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

72 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Tilt steering wheel

To change the steering wheel angle,hold the steering wheel, pull the lockrelease lever toward you, tilt the steer-ing wheel to the desired angle and re-lease the lever.

When the steering wheel is in a low posi-tion, it will spring up as you release thelock release lever.

CAUTION

� Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile the vehicle is moving. It maycause the driver to mishandle thevehicle and an accident may occurresulting in death or serious inju-ries.

� After adjusting the steering wheel,try moving it up and down to makesure it is locked in position.

Outside rear view mirrors—

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the side of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

Be careful when judging the size or dis-tance of any object seen in the outsiderear view mirror on the passenger’s side.It is a convex mirror with a curved sur-face. Any object seen in a convex mirrorwill look smaller and farther away thanwhen seen in a flat mirror.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

732001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. It may cause thedriver to mishandle the vehicle andan accident may occur resulting indeath or serious injuries.

To adjust a mirror, use the switches.

1. Master switch—To select the mirror tobe adjustedPush the switch at “L” (left) or “R”(right).

2. Control switch—To move the mirrorPush the switch in the desired direc-tion.

Mirror can be adjusted when key is in the“ACC” or “ON” position.

NOTICE

If ice should jam the mirror, do notoperate the control or scrape the mir-ror face. Use a spray de–icer to freethe mirror.

—Power rear view mirrorcontrol

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

74 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

—Folding rear view mirrors

The rear view mirrors can be foldedbackward for parking in restrictedareas.

To fold the rear view mirror, push back-ward.

CAUTION

Do not drive with the mirrors foldedbackward. Both the driver and pas-senger side rear view mirrors mustbe extended and properly adjustedbefore driving.

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the rear of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

To reduce glare from the headlights ofthe vehicle behind you during nightdriving, operate the lever on the loweredge of the mirror.

Daylight driving—Lever at position 1

The reflection in the mirror has greaterclarity at this position.

Night driving—Lever at position 2

Remember that by reducing glare you alsolose some rear view clarity.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. It may cause thedriver to mishandle the vehicle andan accident may occur resulting inpersonal injuries.

Anti–glare inside rear view mirror

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

752001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Sun visors—

To block out glare, move the sun visor.

To block out glare from the front—Swingdown the sun visor (position 1).

To block out glare from the side—Swingdown the sun visor, remove it from thehook and swing it to the lateral side (posi-tion 2).

If glare comes from obliquely behind you,extend the plate at the end of the visor(to position 3).

To block the glare from the front when themain sun visor is swung to the lateralside (position 2), swing down the sub vi-sor.

CAUTION

Do not extend the plate at the end ofthe sun visor when the visor is in theposition 1. It can cover the anti–glareinside rear view mirror and obstructthe rear view.

—Vanity mirrors (with light)

To use the vanity mirrors, swing downthe sun visor and open the cover.

The vanity light comes on when you openthe cover.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

76 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

772001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLSLights and Wipers

Headlights and turn signals 78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Emergency flashers 79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Instrument panel light control 80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front fog lights 80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interior light 80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Personal lights 81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ignition switch and step lights 81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cargo lamp 81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Windshield wipers and washer 83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 4

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

78 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Headlights and turn signals

HEADLIGHTS

To turn on the following lights: Twistthe headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate andinstrument panel lights

Position 2—Headlights and all of theabove

The lights automatically turn off when thedriver’s door is opened with the ignitionturned off. To turn them on again, turn thekey to the “ON” position or actuate theheadlight switch. If you are going to parkfor over one week, make sure the head-light switch is off.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights onfor a long period when the engine isnot running.

Daytime running light system (on somemodels)

The headlights turn on at reduced intensi-ty when the parking brake is released withthe engine started, even with the lightswitch in the “OFF” position. They will notgo off until the ignition switch is turnedoff.

To turn on the other exterior lights andinstrument panel lights, twist the knob tothe position 1.

Twist the knob to the position 2 to turnthe headlights to full intensity for drivingat night.

High–Low beams— For high beams, turnthe headlights on and push the lever awayfrom you (position 1). Pull the lever to-ward you (position 2) for low beams.

The headlight high beam indicator light(blue light) on the instrument panel willtell you that the high beams are on.

Flashing the high beam headlights(position 3)—Pull the lever all the wayback. The high beam headlights turn offwhen you release the lever.

You can flash the high beam headlightswith the knob turned to “OFF”.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

792001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

TURN SIGNALS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/turn signal lever up or down to position1.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

The lever automatically returns after youmake a turn, but you may have to returnit by hand after you change lanes.

To signal a lane change, move the leverup or down to the pressure point (position2) and hold it.

If the turn signal indicator lights (greenlights) on the instrument panel flash fasterthan normal, a front or rear turn signalbulb is burned out.

Emergency flashers

To turn on the emergency flashers,push the switch.

All the turn signal lights will flash. To turnthem off, push the switch once again.

Turn on the emergency flashers to warnother drivers if your vehicle must bestopped where it might be a traffic hazard.

Always pull as far off the road as pos-sible.

The turn signal light switch will not workwhen the emergency flashers are operat-ing.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the switch onlonger than necessary when the en-gine is not running.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

80 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Instrument panel light control

To adjust the brightness of the instru-ment panel lights, turn the knob.

Front fog lights

To turn on the front fog lights, pushthe switch. They will come on when theheadlights are on low beam.

Interior light

To turn on the interior light, slide theswitch.

The interior light switch has the followingpositions:

“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.

“OFF”—Turns the light off.

“DOOR”—Turns the light on when any ofthe doors are opened. The light goes offwhen all of the doors are closed.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

812001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Personal lights

The personal lights operate separately.

To turn on the light, push the lens on yourside. To turn the light off, push the lensonce again.

The personal light switch has the followingpositions:

“OFF”—Turns the lights off.

“DOOR”—Turns the lights on when any ofthe doors are opened.

Ignition switch and step lights

For easy access to the ignition switch,the ignition switch light comes on whenthe driver’s door is opened. The steplight also comes on when the driver’sdoor is opened.

The ignition switch light remains on forsome time after the driver’s door isclosed.

Cargo lamp

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

82 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

The cargo lamp is designed to light up the bed of your vehicle. How to operate the cargo lamp is shown in the table below.

CARGO LAMP OPERATION

OPERATION AND FUNCTION OFF→ON ON→OFF

“CARGO LAMP” switch∗1 push once push once

Door lock or unlock with the power doorlock switch or key (with the power doorlock system)∗2

Unlock(The lamp will automatically turn off after20 seconds.)

Lock

Door open or close Open any of the doors

Close all of the doors

� The lamp will automatically turn off after20 seconds when the ignition switch isin the “ACC” or “LOCK” position or thekey is removed.∗3

� The lamp will turn off immediately whenthe ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-tion.

Off function with vehicle speed — Over approximately 5 km/h (3 mph)

Off function with timer — The lamp remains on for 30 minutes.

∗1: An indicator light will illuminate to indicate that the cargo lamp is on.∗2: When all of the doors are closed and the ignition switch is in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position or the key is removed.∗3: When the ignition switch is turned to the “ON” position, the lamp will turn off immediately.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

832001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

To turn on the windshield wipers, movethe lever to the desired setting.


Lever position Speed setting

Position 1 Intermittent

Position 2 Slow

Position 3 Fast

The “INT TIME” band lets you adjust thewiping time interval when the wiper leveris in the intermittent position (position 1).Twist the band upward to increase thetime between sweeps, and downward todecrease it.

To squirt washer fluid, pull the levertoward you and release it.

If the windshield wipers are off, they willoperate a couple of times after the washersquirts.

For instructions on adding washer fluid,see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7–3.

In freezing weather, warm the windshieldwith the defroster before using the washer.This will help prevent the washer fluidfrom freezing on your windshield, whichcan block your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the wind-shield is dry. It may scratch theglass.

To turn on the windshield wipers, movethe lever to the desired setting.


Lever position Speed setting

Position 1 Slow

Position 2 Fast

For a single sweep of the windshield,push the lever up and release it.

To squirt washer fluid, pull the levertoward you and release it.

For instructions on adding washer fluid,see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7–3.

Windshield wipers and washer(intermittent type)

Windshield wipers and washer(mist type)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

84 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

In freezing weather, warm the windshieldwith the defroster before using the washer.This will help prevent the washer fluidfrom freezing on your windshield, whichcan block your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the wind-shield is dry. It may scratch theglass.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

852001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLSGauges, Meters and Service reminder indicators

Fuel gauge 86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine coolant temperature gauge 86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Oil pressure gauge 87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Voltmeter 88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tachometer 88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Odometer and two trip meters 89. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers 89. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 5

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

86 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Fuel gauge

With tachometer

Without tachometer

The gauge works when the ignitionswitch is on and indicates the approxi-mate quantity of fuel remaining in thetank.

Nearly full—Needle at “F”Nearly empty—Needle at “E”

It is a good idea to keep the tank over1/4 full.

This fuel gauge has a non–return typeneedle which remains at the last indicatedposition when the ignition switch is turnedoff.

If the fuel level approaches “E” or the lowfuel level warning light comes on, fill thefuel tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-ment of fuel in the tank, the fuel gaugeneedle may fluctuate or the low fuel levelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual.

If the fuel tank is completely empty, themalfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fillthe fuel tank immediately.

The indicator lamp goes off after drivingseveral times. If the indicator lamp doesnot go off, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

With tachometer

Without tachometer

Engine coolant temperature gauge

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

872001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

The gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature when the ignition switch ison. The engine operating temperaturewill vary with changes in weather andengine load.

If the needle moves into the red zone,your engine is too hot. If your vehicleoverheats, stop your vehicle and allow theengine to cool.

Your vehicle may overheat during severeoperating conditions, such as:

� Driving up a long hill on a hot day.

� Reducing speed or stopping after highspeed driving.

� Idling for a long period with the airconditioning on in stop–and–go traffic.

� Towing a trailer.

NOTICE

� Do not remove the thermostat inthe engine cooling system as thismay cause the engine to overheat.The thermostat is designed to con-trol the flow of coolant to keep thetemperature of the engine withinthe specified operating range.

� Do not continue driving with anoverheated engine. See “If your ve-hicle overheats” in Section 4.

Oil pressure gauge

Idling

Normaldriving

The oil pressure gauge indicates engineoil pressure when the ignition switch ison. Check it while driving to make surethat the needle is in the proper range.

If the oil pressure should stay below thenormal range, pull off the road to a safeplace and stop the engine immediately.Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repairshop for assistance.

Oil pressure may not build up when theoil level is too low. The oil pressuregauge is not designed to indicate oil level,and the oil level must be checked usingthe level dipstick.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

88 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

NOTICE

Do not drive the vehicle with the oilpressure below the normal range untilthe cause is fixed—it may ruin theengine.

Voltmeter

The voltmeter tells whether the batteryis charged or discharged. Check itwhile the engine is running—the needleshould always indicate as shown above.

If the needle reads below or above thenormal range while the engine is running,it indicates the charging system needs im-mediate repair.

However, it is normal for the needle todrop below the normal range during en-gine starting.

Tachometer

The tachometer indicates engine speedin thousands of rpm (revolutions perminute). Use it while driving to selectcorrect shift points and to prevent en-gine lugging and over–revving.

Driving with the engine running too fastcauses excessive engine wear and poorfuel economy. Remember, in most casesthe slower the engine speed, the greaterthe fuel economy.

NOTICE

Do not let the indicator needle getinto the red zone. This may causesevere engine damage.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

892001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Odometer and two trip meters

This meter displays the odometer andtwo trip meters.

1. Odometer—Shows the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

2. Two trip meters—Show two differentdistances independently driven sincethe last time each trip meter was setto zero.

You can use one trip meter to calculatethe fuel economy and the other tomeasure the distance on each trip. Alltrip meter data is cancelled if the elec-trical power source is disconnected.

3. Trip meter reset knob—Resets the twotrip meters to zero, and also changethe meter display.

To change the meter display, quicklypush and release the knob. The meterdisplay changes in the order from theodometer to trip meter A to trip meterB, then back to the odometer eachtime you push.

To reset the trip meter A to zero, dis-play the meter A reading, then pushand hold the knob until the meter isset to zero. The same process can beapplied for resetting the trip meter B.

(a) If parking brake is

off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(b) Fasten driver’sseat belt.

(indicator and buzzer)

If the indicator orbuzzer comes on...

Do this.

(c) Fasten front passenger’s seat belt.

(d) Stop and check.

(e) Stop and check.

Service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

90 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Do this.If the indicator orbuzzer comes on...

(g) Fill up tank.

(f) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(h) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

or

(i) Close all doors.

(j) Take vehicle toToyota dealer immediately.

Do this.If the indicator orbuzzer comes on...

(k) Shift front drive control lever out of

“N”.

(l) Stop and check.

(m) Add washer fluid.

(n) Remove key.Key reminderbuzzer

(o) Shift the transfermode again,correctly.

Four–wheeldrive system warningbuzzer

(a) Brake System Warning Light

This light comes on in the following caseswhen the ignition key is in the “ON” posi-tion.

� When the parking brake is applied...

� When the brake fluid level is low...

CAUTION

It is dangerous to continue drivingnormally when the brake fluid level islow.

Have your vehicle checked at yourToyota dealer in the following case:

� The light does not come on even if theparking brake is applied when the igni-tion key is in the “ON” position.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

912001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

If the light does not turn off evenafter the parking brake is releasedwhile the engine is running, immedi-ately stop your vehicle at a safeplace and contact your Toyota dealer.In this case, the brakes may not workproperly and your stopping distancewill become longer. Depress the brakepedal firmly and bring the vehicle toan immediate stop.

(b) Driver’s Seat Belt Reminder Lightand Buzzer

This light and buzzer remind you tobuckle up the driver’s seat belt.

Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or“START”, the reminder light flashes andbuzzer sounds if the driver’s seat belt isnot fastened. Unless the driver fastens thebelt, the light keeps flashing and thebuzzer stops after about 4 to 8 seconds.

(c) Front Passenger’s Seat Belt Re-minder Light

This light reminds you to buckle up thefront passenger’s seat belt.

Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or“START”, the reminder light flashes if apassenger sits in the front passenger seatand does not fasten the seat belt. Unlessthe front passenger fastens the belt, thelight keeps flashing.

If luggage load is placed on the frontpassenger seat, depending on its weightand how it is placed on the seat, built–insensors in the seat cushion may detectthe pressure, causing the reminder light tokeep flashing.

(d) Discharge Warning Light

This light warns that the battery is beingdischarged.

If it comes on while you are driving, thereis a problem somewhere in the chargingsystem.

The engine ignition will continue to oper-ate, however, until the battery is dis-charged. Turn off the air conditioning,blower, radio, etc., and drive directly tothe nearest Toyota dealer or repair shop.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving if the enginedrive belt is broken or loose.

(e) Low Oil Pressure Warning Light

This light warns that the engine oil pres-sure is too low.

If it flickers or stays on while you aredriving, pull off the road to a safe placeand stop the engine immediately. Call aToyota dealer or qualified repair shop forassistance.

The light may occasionally flicker whenthe engine is idling or it may come onbriefly after a hard stop. There is nocause for concern if it then goes out whenthe engine is accelerated slightly.

The light may come on when the oil levelis extremely low. It is not designed toindicate low oil level, and the oil levelmust be checked using the level dipstick.

NOTICE

Do not drive the vehicle with thewarning light on—even for one block.It may ruin the engine.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

92 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

(f) Malfunction indicator lamp

This lamp comes on in the followingcases.

a. The fuel tank is completely empty.(See “Fuel gauge” in this section forinstructions.)

b. The fuel tank cap is not tightened se-curely. (See “Fuel tank cap” in Section1–2 for instructions.)

c. There is a problem somewhere in yourengine or automatic transmission elec-trical system.

If it comes on while you are driving incase c, have your vehicle checked/re-paired by your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible.

(g) Low Fuel Level Warning Light

This light comes on when the fuel levelin the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill upthe tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-ment of fuel in the tank, the low fuel levelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual.

(h) “ABS” Warning Light

The light comes on when the ignition keyis turned to the “ON” position. If the anti–lock brake system works properly, thelight turns off after a few seconds. There-after, if the system malfunctions, the lightcomes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti–lock brake system does not operate,but the brake system still operates con-ventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti–lock brake system does not operateso that the wheels could lock up duringa sudden braking or braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

If either of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionsomewhere in the parts monitored bythe warning light system. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toservice the vehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, or the light remains on.

� The light comes on while you are driv-ing.

A warning light turning on briefly duringoperation does not indicate a problem.

(i) Open Door Warning Light

This light remains on until all the doorsare completely closed.

(j) SRS Warning Light

This light will come on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ACC” or“ON” position. After about 6 seconds,the light will go off. This means thesystem of the airbag and front seat beltpretensioners are operating properly.

The warning light system monitors the air-bag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, front seat belt pretensioner assem-blies, inflators, warning light,interconnecting wiring and power sources.

If either of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction somewhere inthe parts monitored by the warning lightsystem. Contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible to service the vehicle.



’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

932001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

(k) Unengaged “Park” Warning Light(with automatic transmission andfront drive control lever)

This light warns that the transmission“Park” mechanism is not engaged. If thefront drive control lever is in the “N” posi-tion while the selector lever is in the “P”position, the transmission will disengageand the wheels will not lock.

CAUTION

To restore the park function, shift thefront drive control lever out of “N”,or the vehicle can move.

(l) Automatic Transmission Fluid Tem-perature Warning Light

This light warns that the automatic trans-mission fluid temperature is too high.

If this light comes on while you are driv-ing, slow down and pull off the road. Stopthe vehicle at a safe place and put theselector lever in “P”. With the engine id-ling, wait until the light goes off. If thelight goes off, you may start the vehicleagain. If the light does not go off, call aToyota dealer or qualified repair shop forassistance.

(m) Low Windshield Washer Fluid LevelWarning Light (with daytime runninglight system)

This light warns that the windshield wash-er fluid level is too low. Add washer fluidat your earliest opportunity. (For instruc-tions, see “Adding washer fluid” in Section7–3.)

(n) Key Reminder Buzzer

This buzzer reminds you to remove thekey when you open the driver’s door withthe ignition key in the “ACC” or “LOCK”position.

(o) Four–wheel drive system warningbuzzer

This buzzer reminds you that the transfermode is not selected correctly.

If the buzzer sounds when you shift thetransfer from “2WD” to “4HI”, “4LO” to“4HI”, “4HI” to “4LO”, or “4LO” to “2WD”mode, follow the instructions in “Four–wheel drive system” in Section 1–6.

CHECKING SERVICE REMINDERINDICATORS (except the low fuel levelwarning light and low windshieldwasher fluid level warning light)

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Open one of the doors.The open door warning light shouldcome on.

3. Close the door.The open door warning light should gooff.

4. Turn the ignition key to “ACC”.The SRS warning light should come on.It goes off after about 6 seconds.

5. Turn the ignition key to “ON”, but donot start the engine.All the service reminder indicators ex-cept the open door warning light andSRS warning light should come on. The“ABS” warning light goes off after afew seconds.

If any service reminder indicator or warn-ing buzzer does not function as describedabove, have it checked by your Toyotadealer as soon as possible.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

94 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

952001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLSIgnition switch, Transmission and Parking brake

Ignition switch with steering lock 96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Automatic transmission 97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Manual transmission 101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Four–wheel drive system 103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parking brake 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cruise control 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Clutch start cancel switch 111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 6

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

96 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

“START”—Starter motor on. The keywill return to the “ON” position whenreleased.

For starting tips, see Section 3.

“ON”—Engine on and all accessorieson.

This is the normal driving position.

“ACC”—Accessories such as the radiooperate, but the engine is off.

If you leave the key in the “ACC” or“LOCK” position and open the driver’sdoor, a buzzer will remind you to removethe key.

“LOCK”—Engine is off and the steeringwheel is locked. The key can be re-moved only at this position.

You must push in the key to turn the keyfrom “ACC” to the “LOCK” position. Onvehicles with an automatic transmission,the selector lever must be in the “P” posi-tion before pushing the key.

When starting the engine, the key mayseem stuck at the “LOCK” position. Tofree it, first be sure the key is pushed allthe way in, and then rock the steeringwheel slightly while turning the key gently.

CAUTION

For manual transmission:

Never remove the key when the ve-hicle is moving, as this will lock thesteering wheel and result in loss ofsteering control.

NOTICE

Do not leave the key in the “ON”position if the engine is not running.The battery will discharge and theignition could be damaged.

Ignition switch with steering lock

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

972001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Automatic transmissionYour automatic transmission has a shiftlock system to minimize the possibility ofincorrect operation. This means you canonly shift out of “P” position when thebrake pedal is depressed (with the ignitionswitch in “ON” or “ACC” position and theselector lever pulled toward you).

(a) Selector lever

The shift position is displayed on the in-strument cluster.

P: Parking, engine starting andkey removal

R: Reverse

N: Neutral

D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)

2: Stronger engine braking

L: Maximum engine braking

Selector lever

Overdrive switch

With the brake pedal depressed, shift while pulling the selector lever toward you. (The ignition switch must be in “ON” or “ACC” position.)

Shift while pulling the selector lever toward you.

Shift normally.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

98 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

(b) Overdrive switch

You can select either third gear (withoverdrive off) or fourth gear (with over-drive on) by pushing this switch.

To turn the overdrive off, push the switch.The “O/D OFF” indicator light should comeon. To turn the overdrive on again, pushthe switch again. The “O/D OFF” indicatorlight should go off.

Always drive your vehicle with the over-drive on for better fuel economy andquieter driving.

If the engine is turned off when the over-drive is off and restarted, the overdrivewill automatically be on.

Vehicles with cruise control—When thecruise control is being used, even if youdownshift the transmission by pushing andreleasing the overdrive switch, enginebraking will not be enabled because thecruise control is not cancelled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,see “Cruise control” in this section.

(c) Normal driving

1. Start the engine as instructed in “Howto start the engine” in Section 3. Thetransmission must be in “P” or “N”.

2. With your foot holding down the brakepedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.

When the lever is in the “D” position, theautomatic transmission system will selectthe most suitable gear for running condi-tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-ing, hard towing, etc.

Always turn the overdrive on for betterfuel economy and quieter driving. If theengine coolant temperature is low, thetransmission will not shift into the over-drive gear even with the overdrive on.

CAUTION

Never put your foot on the accelera-tor pedal while shifting.

3. Release the parking brake and brakepedal. Depress the accelerator pedalslowly for smooth starting.

(d) Using engine braking

To use engine braking, you can downshiftthe transmission as follows:

� Push the overdrive switch. The “O/DOFF” indicator light will come on andthe transmission will downshift to thirdgear.

� Shift into the “2” position. The trans-mission will downshift to second gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than the following speed, andstronger engine braking will be en-abled.

Two–wheel drive models

5VZ–FE engine 115 km/h (71 mph)2UZ–FE engine 120 km/h (75 mph)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

992001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Four–wheel drive models

5VZ–FE engineFront drive control lever in “H2” or“H4”

109 km/h (68 mph)Front drive control lever in “L4”

37 km/h (23 mph)

2UZ–FE engine“2WD” or “4HI” mode is selected

120 km/h (75 mph)“4LO” mode is selected

41 km/h (25 mph)

� Shift into the “L” position. The trans-mission will downshift to first gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than the following speed, andmaximum engine braking will be en-abled.


5VZ–FE engine 55 km/h (34 mph)2UZ–FE engine 58 km/h (36 mph)


5VZ–FE engineFront drive control lever in “H2” or“H4”

52 km/h (32 mph)Front drive control lever in “L4”

10 km/h (6 mph)

2UZ–FE engine“2WD” or “4HI” mode is selected

58 km/h (36 mph)“4LO” mode is selected

11 km/h (7 mph)

Vehicles with cruise control—When thecruise control is being used, even if youdownshift the transmission by pushing andreleasing the overdrive switch, enginebraking is not enabled because the cruisecontrol is not cancelled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,see “Cruise control” in this section.

CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on aslippery surface. Abrupt shiftingcould cause the vehicle to spin orskid.

(e) Using “2” and “L” positions

The “2” and “L” positions are used forstrong engine braking as described pre-viously.

With the selector lever in “2” or “L”, youcan start the vehicle in motion as with thelever in “D”.

With the selector lever in “2”, the vehiclewill start in first gear and automaticallyshift to second gear.

With the selector lever in “L”, the trans-mission is engaged in first gear.

NOTICE

� Be careful not to over–rev the en-gine. Watch the tachometer to keepengine rpm from going into the redzone. The approximate maximum al-lowable speed for each position isgiven below for your reference:


5VZ–FE engine—“2” 115 km/h (71 mph). . . . . . . . . “L” 60 km/h (37 mph). . . . . . . . . .

2UZ–FE engine—“2” 120 km/h (75 mph). . . . . . . . . “L” 65 km/h (40 mph). . . . . . . . . .

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

100 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)


5VZ–FE engine—Front control lever in “H2” or“H4”

“2” 110 km/h (68 mph). . . . . . . . . “L” 60 km/h (37 mph). . . . . . . . . .

Front control lever in “L4”“2” 40 km/h (25 mph). . . . . . . . . . “L” 20 km/h (12 mph). . . . . . . . . .

2UZ–FE engine—“2WD” or “4HI” mode is selected

“2” 120 km/h (75 mph). . . . . . . . . “L” 65 km/h (40 mph). . . . . . . . . .

“4LO” mode is selected“2” 45 km/h (28 mph). . . . . . . . . . “L” 25 km/h (16 mph). . . . . . . . . .

� Do not continue hill climbing orhard towing for a long time in the“2” or “L” position. This may causesevere automatic transmission dam-age from overheating. To preventsuch damage, “D” position shouldbe used in hill climbing or hardtowing.

(f) Backing up

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal held down withyour foot, shift the selector lever to the“R” position.

NOTICE

Never shift into reverse while the ve-hicle is moving.

(g) Parking

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal pressed down,fully depress the parking brake pedalto apply the parking brake securely.

3. With the brake pedal pressed down,shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-tion.

CAUTION

Never attempt to move the selectorlever into “P” position under any cir-cumstances while the vehicle is mov-ing. Serious mechanical damage andloss of vehicle control may result.

(h) Good driving practice

� If the transmission repeatedly shifts upand down between third gear and over-drive when climbing a gentle slope, theoverdrive should be turned off. Be sureto turn the switch on immediately after-ward.

� When towing a trailer, in order to main-tain engine braking efficiency, do notuse overdrive.

CAUTION

Always keep your foot on the brakepedal while stopped with the enginerunning. This prevents the vehiclefrom creeping.

NOTICE

Do not hold the vehicle on an up-grade with the accelerator pedal. Itcan cause the transmission to over-heat. Always use the brake pedal orparking brake.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1012001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

(i) Rocking your vehicle if stuck

CAUTION

If your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then you mayattempt to rock the vehicle free bymoving it forward and backward. Donot attempt this procedure if peopleor objects are anywhere near the ve-hicle. During the rocking operationthe vehicle may suddenly move for-ward or backward as it becomes un-stuck, causing injury or damage tonearby people or objects.

NOTICE

If you rock your vehicle, observe thefollowing precautions to prevent dam-age to the transmission and otherparts.

� Do not depress the accelerator ped-al while shifting the selector leveror before the transmission is com-pletely shifted to forward or reversegear.

� Do not race the engine and avoidspinning the wheels.

� If your vehicle remains stuck afterrocking the vehicle several times,consider other ways such as tow-ing.

Manual transmission

The shift pattern is as shown above.

Press the clutch pedal down fully whileshifting, and then release it slowly. Do notrest your foot on the pedal while driving,because it will cause clutch trouble. Anddo not use the clutch to hold the vehiclewhen stopped on an uphill grade—use theparking brake.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

102 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Recommended shifting speeds

The transmission is fully synchronized andupshifting or downshifting is easy.

For the best compromise between fueleconomy and vehicle performance, youshould upshift or downshift at the followingspeeds:

gear km/h (mph)1 to 2 or 2 to 1 24 (15)2 to 3 or 3 to 2 40 (25)3 to 4 or 4 to 3 64 (40)4 to 5 or 5 to 4 72 (45)

Downshift to the appropriate gear if accel-eration is needed when you are cruisingbelow the above downshifting speeds.

Upshifting too soon or downshifting toolate will cause lugging, and possibly ping-ing. Regularly revving the engine to maxi-mum speed in each gear will cause ex-cessive engine wear and high fuelconsumption.

Maximum allowable speeds

To get on a highway or to pass slowertraffic, maximum acceleration may be nec-essary. Make sure you observe the follow-ing maximum allowable speeds in eachgear:

Two–wheel drive modelsgear km/h (mph)

1 45 (28)2 85 (53)3 125 (78)4 165 (112)

Four–wheel drive modelsgear km/h (mph)

“H2” or “H4” “L4”1 45 (28) 15 (9)2 85 (53) 30 (18)3 125 (78) 45 (28)4 165 (103) 70 (43)

NOTICE

Do not downshift if you are goingfaster than the maximum allowablespeed for the next lower gear.

Good driving practice

� If it is difficult to shift into reverse, putthe transmission in neutral, release theclutch pedal momentarily, and then tryagain.

� When towing a trailer, in order to main-tain engine braking efficiency, do notuse fifth gear.

CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on aslippery surface. Abrupt shiftingcould cause the vehicle to spin orskid.

NOTICE

Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into reverse.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1032001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Use the front drive control lever to se-lect the following transfer modes.

“H2” (high speed position, two–wheeldrive): Lever at “H2”Use this for normal driving on dry, hard–surfaced roads. This position gives greatereconomy, the quietest ride and least wear.

“H4” (high speed position, four–wheeldrive): Lever at “H4”Use this for normal driving on wet, icy orsnow–covered roads. This position pro-vides greater traction than two–wheeldrive.

“N” (neutral position): Lever at “N” No power is delivered to the wheels. Thevehicle must be stopped.

“L4” (low speed position, four–wheeldrive): Lever at “L4” Use this for maximum power and traction.Use “L4” for climbing or descending steephills, off–road driving, and hard pulling insand, mud or deep snow.

The “4WD” (four–wheel drive) indicatorlight comes on when the “H4”, “N” or “L4”mode is selected.

See “(c) Shifting procedure (lever type)”for further instructions.

Four–wheel drive system—(a) Front drive control (lever type)

(a) Front drive control (button type)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

104 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Use the “2WD/4HI” and “4LO” buttonsto select the following transfer modes.

1. “2WD” (high speed position, two–wheel drive): “2WD/4HI” and “4LO”buttons left out Use this for normal driving on dry,hard–surfaced roads. This positiongives greater economy, the quietestride and least wear.

2. “4HI” (high speed position, four–wheel drive): “2WD/4HI” button pushedin The “4HI” (high speed four–wheeldrive) indicator light comes on whenthe “4HI” mode is selected.Use this for normal driving on wet, icyor snow–covered roads. This positionprovides greater traction than two–wheel drive.

3. “4LO” (low speed position, four–wheel drive): With the “2WD/4HI”button pressed in, push the “4LO”buttonThe “4LO” (low speed four–wheel drive)indicator light comes on when the“4LO” mode is selected.Use this for maximum power and trac-tion. Use “4LO” mode for climbing ordescending steep hills, off–road driving,and hard pulling in sand, mud or deepsnow.

See “(c) Shifting procedure (button type)”for further instructions.

Type A

Type B

(b) A.D.D. (automatic disconnecting differential)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1052001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

The A.D.D. can be engaged or disen-gaged by the shifting operations de-scribed in “(c) Shifting procedure”.

You should drive in four–wheel drive forat least 16 km (10 miles) each month.This will assure that the front drive com-ponents are lubricated.

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2” AND “H4”

To shift from “H2” to “H4”, reduce thevehicle speed to less than 80 km/h (50mph) and move the front drive controllever. If the indicator light does not comeon when you shift the transfer into “H4”,drive straight ahead while accelerating ordecelerating, or drive forward or backwardin a short distance. You need not depressthe clutch pedal.

If you have trouble shifting in cold weath-er, reduce the vehicle speed or stop thevehicle and reshift.

CAUTION

Never move the front drive controllever if wheels are slipping. Stop theslipping or spinning before shifting.

To shift from “H4” to “H2”, simply movethe front drive control lever.

This can be done at any speed. You neednot depress the clutch pedal.

If the indicator light does not go off whenyou shift the transfer into “H2”, drivestraight ahead while accelerating or decel-erating, or drive forward or backward in ashort distance.

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H4” AND “L4”

To shift from “H4” to “L4”, stop thevehicle or reduce the vehicle speed toless than 8 km/h (5 mph). With your footoff the accelerator pedal, depress theclutch pedal and move the front drive con-trol lever.

To shift from “L4” to “H4”, depress theclutch pedal and move the front drive con-trol lever.

This can be done at any speed.

(c) Shifting procedure (lever type with manual transmission)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

106 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2” AND “H4”

To shift from “H2” to “H4”, reduce thevehicle speed to less than 80 km/h (50mph) and move the front drive controllever.

If you have trouble shifting in cold weath-er, reduce the vehicle speed or stop thevehicle and reshift.

CAUTION

Never move the front drive controllever if wheels are slipping. Stop theslipping or spinning before shifting.

To shift from “H4” to “H2”, simply movethe front drive control lever.


If the indicator light does not go off whenyou shift the transfer into “H2”, drivestraight ahead while accelerating or decel-erating, or drive forward or backward in ashort distance.

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H4” AND “L4”

To shift between “H4” and “L4”, stopthe vehicle and put the transmission in“N”. With the brake pedal depressed,move the front drive control lever.

SHIFTING BETWEEN “2WD” AND “4HI”

To shift from “2WD” to “4HI”, reducethe vehicle speed to less than 100 km/h(62 mph) and push in the “2WD/4HI” but-ton.

If the “4HI” (high speed four–wheel drive)indicator light flashes when you push inthe “2WD/4HI” button, this reminds youthat the transfer mode is not securely in“4HI” mode. Drive straight ahead whileaccelerating or decelerating.

If the “4HI” (high speed four–wheel drive)indicator light flashes and the buzzersounds when you push in the “2WD/4HI”button, this reminds you that the transfermode is not in “4HI” mode. Stop the ve-hicle or reduce the vehicle speed to lessthan 100 km/h (62 mph). Push the buttonto turn it off, then once again to turn itback on.

CAUTION

Never push the “2WD/4HI” button ifthe wheels are slipping. Stop the slip-ping or spinning before shifting.

To shift from “4HI” to “2WD”, push the“2WD/4HI” button again to turn it off.


If the “4HI” (high speed four–wheel drive)indicator light flashes when you push the“2WD/4HI” button again to return to “2WD”mode, this reminds you that the transfermode is not securely in “2WD” mode.Drive straight ahead while accelerating ordecelerating, or drive forward or backwardin a short distance.

(c) Shifting procedure (lever type with automatic transmission)

(c) Shifting procedure (button type)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1072001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

SHIFTING BETWEEN “4HI” AND “4LO”

To shift from “4HI” to “4LO”, stop thevehicle and put the transmission into “N”.With the brake pedal depressed, push the“4LO” button. If the “2WD/4HI” button leftout, push in the “2WD/4HI” button to se-lect the “4HI” mode.

If the “4LO” (low speed four–wheel drive)indicator light flashes and the buzzersounds for 3 seconds when you push the“4LO” button, this reminds you that thetransfer mode is not in “4LO” mode. Driveforward or backward in a short distance,then stop the vehicle completely, put thetransmission securely into “N” and pushthe button again.

To shift from “4LO” to “4HI”, stop thevehicle and put the transmission into “N”.With the brake pedal depressed, push the“4LO” button.

If the “4LO” (low speed four–wheel drive)indicator light flashes and the buzzersounds for 3 seconds when you push the“4LO” button, this reminds you that thetransfer mode is not in “4HI” mode. Driveforward or backward in a short distance,then stop the vehicle completely, put thetransmission securely into “N” and pushthe button again.

SHIFTING BETWEEN “2WD” AND “4LO”

To shift from “2WD” to “4LO”, stop thevehicle and put the transmission into “N”.With the brake pedal depressed, push the“2WD/4HI” button in to select the “4HI”mode, then push the “4LO” button.

If the “4LO” (low speed four–wheel drive)indicator light flashes and the buzzersounds for 3 seconds when you push the“4LO” button, this reminds you that thetransfer mode is not in “4LO” mode. Driveforward or backward in a short distance,then stop the vehicle completely, put thetransmission securely into “N” and pushthe button again.

To shift from “4LO” to “2WD”, stop thevehicle and put the transmission into “N”.With the brake pedal depressed, push the“2WD/4HI” switch again to turn it off.

If the “4LO” (low speed four–wheel drive)indicator light flashes and the buzzersounds when you push the “2WD/4HI” but-ton, this reminds you that the transfermode is not in “2WD” mode. Push the“2WD/4HI” button in to return to “4LO”mode, drive forward or backward in ashort distance, then stop the vehicle com-pletely, put the transmission securely into“N” and push the “2WD/4HI” button onceagain.

If the “4LO” (low speed four–wheel drive)indicator light flashes when you push the“2WD/4HI” button, this reminds you thatthe transfer mode is not in “2WD” mode.Drive straight ahead while accelerating ordecelerating, or drive forward or backwardin a short distance.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

108 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Parking brake

Pedal type

Lever type

When parking, firmly apply the parkingbrake to avoid inadvertent creeping.

Pedal type—

To set: Fully depress the parking brakepedal. For better holding power, first de-press the brake pedal and hold it whilesetting the parking brake.To release: Depress the parking brakepedal once again.

Lever type—

To set: Pull out on the lever. For betterholding power, first depress the brakepedal and hold it while setting the parkingbrake.To release: Press the lock release button(1), turn the lever clockwise (2), thenpush it in (3).

To remind you that the parking brake isset, the parking brake reminder light inthe instrument panel remains on until yourelease the parking brake.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is fully released and the park-ing brake reminder light is off.

Cruise controlThe cruise control allows you to cruisethe vehicle at a desired speed over 40km/h (25 mph) even with your foot offthe accelerator pedal.

Your cruising speed can be maintained upor down grades within the limits of engineperformance, although a slight speedchange may occur when driving up ordown the grades. On steeper hills, agreater speed change will occur so it isbetter to drive without the cruise control.

CAUTION

� To help maintain maximum controlof your vehicle, do not use thecruise control when driving inheavy or varying traffic, or on slip-pery (rainy, icy or snow–covered) orwinding roads.

� Avoid vehicle speed increases whendriving downhill. If the vehiclespeed is too fast in relation to thecruise control set speed, cancel thecruise control then downshift thetransmission to use engine brakingto slow down.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1092001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

TURNING ON THE SYSTEM

To operate the cruise control, press the“CRUISE ON–OFF” button. This turns thesystem on. The indicator light in theinstrument panel shows that you can nowset the vehicle at a desired cruisingspeed. Another press will turn the systemcompletely off.

CAUTION

To avoid accidental cruise control en-gagement, keep the “CRUISE ON–OFF” switch off when not using thecruise control.

SETTING AT A DESIRED SPEED

On vehicles with automatic transmission,the transmission must be in “D” beforeyou set the cruise control speed.

Bring your vehicle to the desired speed,push the lever down in the “SET/COAST”direction and release it. This sets the ve-hicle at that speed. If the speed is notsatisfactory, tap the lever up for a fasterspeed, or tap it down for a slower speed.Each tap changes the set speed by 1.6km/h (1.0 mph). You can now take yourfoot off the accelerator pedal.

If you need acceleration—for example,when passing—depress the acceleratorpedal enough for the vehicle to exceedthe set speed. When you release it, thevehicle will return to the speed set priorto the acceleration.

CAUTION

For manual transmission:

While driving with the cruise controlon, do not shift to neutral withoutdepressing the clutch pedal, as thismay cause engine racing or overrev-ving.

CANCELLING THE PRESET SPEED

You can cancel the preset speed by:

a. Pulling the lever in the “CANCEL”direction and releasing it

b. Depressing the brake pedalc. Depressing the clutch pedal (manual

transmission)

If the vehicle speed falls below about 40km/h (25 mph), the preset speed will auto-matically cancel out.

If the vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10mph) below the preset speed, the presetspeed will also automatically cancel out.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

110 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

If the preset speed automatically cancelsout other than for the above cases, haveyour vehicle checked by your Toyota deal-er at the earliest opportunity.

RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED

Push the lever up in the “RES/ACC” direc-tion and hold it. Release the lever whenthe desired speed is attained. While thelever is held up, the vehicle will graduallygain speed.

However, a faster way to reset is to ac-celerate the vehicle and then push thelever down in the “SET/COAST” direction.

RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED

Push the lever down in the “SET/COAST”direction and hold it. Release the leverwhen the desired speed is attained. Whilethe lever is held down, the vehicle speedwill gradually decrease.

However, a faster way to reset is to de-press the brake pedal and then push thelever down in the “SET/COAST” direction.

On vehicles with automatic transmission,even if you turn off the overdrive switchwith the cruise control on, engine brakingwill not be applied because the cruisecontrol is not cancelled. To decrease thevehicle speed, reset to a slower speedwith the cruise control lever or depressthe brake pedal. If you use the brakepedal, cruise control is cancelled.

RESUMING THE PRESET SPEED

If the preset speed is cancelled by pullingthe control lever or by depressing thebrake pedal or clutch pedal, pushing thelever up in the “RES/ACC” direction willrestore the speed set prior to cancellation.

However, once the vehicle speed falls be-low about 40 km/h (25 mph), the presetspeed will not be resumed.

CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING

If the “CRUISE” indicator light in theinstrument cluster flashes when using thecruise control, press the “CRUISE ON–OFF” button to turn the system off andthen press it again to turn it on.

If any of the following conditions then oc-curs, there is some trouble in the cruisecontrol system.

� The indicator light does not come on.

� The indicator light flashes again.

� The indicator light goes out after itcomes on.

If this is the case, contact your Toyotadealer and have your vehicle inspected.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1112001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Clutch start cancel switch

To crank the engine without depressingthe clutch pedal, push the switch withthe ignition on.

The switch stays on as long as the igni-tion is on. And it will automatically turn offwhen the ignition is off. An indicator lightwill illuminate to indicate the system isoperating.

This switch cancels the clutch start sys-tem, which is designed to keep the startermotor from operating if the clutch pedal isnot depressed all the way down.

The switch allows the vehicle to be drivenout of difficult situations by cranking theengine with the clutch engaged.

Never use the switch for normal enginestarting. Be sure to follow the startingprocedure instructed in “How to start theengine” in Section 3.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

112 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1132001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSCar audio system

Reference 114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Using your audio system 115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Car audio system operating hints 143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 7

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

114 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Reference

Type 1: AM·FM ETR radio (with cassetteand compact disc auto changer control-lers)

Type 2: AM·FM ETR radio/cassette player(with compact disc auto changer control-ler)

Type 3: AM·FM ETR radio/cassette player/compact disc player (with compact discauto changer controller)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1152001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Type 4: AM·FM ETR radio/cassette player/compact disc auto changer

Type 5: Compact disc player

This section describes some of the basicfeatures on Toyota audio systems. Someinformation may not pertain to your sys-tem.

Your audio system works when the ignitionkey is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF

Push “PWR/VOL” or “PWR·VOL” to turnthe audio system on and off.

Push “AM”, “FM1·2”, “TAPE”, “CD” or“AUX” to turn on that function withoutpushing “PWR/VOL” or “PWR·VOL”.

You can turn on each player by insertinga cassette tape or compact disc.

You can turn off each player by ejectingthe cassette tape or compact disc. If theaudio system was previously off, then theentire audio system will be turned offwhen you eject the cassette tape or com-pact disc. If another function was pre-viously playing, it will come on again.

SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS

Push “AM”, “FM1·2”, “TAPE”, “CD” or“AUX” if the system is already on but youwant to switch from one function to anoth-er.

TONE AND BALANCE

For details about your system’s tone andbalance controls, see the description ofyour own system.

Tone

How good an audio program sounds toyou is largely determined by the mix ofthe treble, midrange, and bass levels. Infact, different kinds of music and vocalprograms usually sound better with differ-ent mixes of treble, midrange and bass.

Balance

A good balance of the left and right stereochannels and of the front and rear soundlevels is also important.

Keep in mind that if you are listening toa stereo recording or broadcast, changingthe right/left balance will increase the vol-ume of one group of sounds while de-creasing the volume of another.

YOUR RADIO ANTENNA

To remove the antenna, carefully turn itcounterclockwise.

To lower the power antenna, turn off theaudio system by pushing “PWR/VOL” or“PWR·VOL”, or turn the ignition key to“LOCK”.

Using your audio system— —Some basics

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

116 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER

When you insert a cassette, the exposedtape should be to the right.

NOTICE

Do not oil any part of the player anddo not insert anything other than cas-sette tapes into the slot, or the tapeplayer may be damaged.

YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER

When you insert a disc, gently push it inwith the label side up. (The player willautomatically eject a disc if the label sideis down.) The compact disc player willplay from track 1 through the end of thedisc. Then it will play from track 1 again.On models with the compact disc autochanger, next disc will be played fromtrack 1.

NOTICE

Never try to disassemble or oil anypart of the compact disc player. Donot insert anything except a compactdisc into the slot.

The player is intended for use with 12 cm(5 in.) discs only.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1172001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Details of specific buttons, controls, andfeatures are described in the alphabeticallisting that follows.

—Controls and features�Type 1

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

118 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)

These buttons are used to preset andtune in radio stations.

To preset a station to a button: Tune inthe desired station (see “TUNE” knob or“SEEK” button). Push and hold down thebutton until you hear a beep—this will setthe station to the button. The button num-ber will appear on the display.

To tune in to a preset station: Push thebutton for the station you want. The but-ton number and station frequency will ap-pear on the display.

These systems can store one AM and twoFM stations for each button (The displaywill show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when youpush “AM” “FM1·2”).

(Program)

Push “ ” to select the other side of acassette tape. The display indicates whichside is currently selected (“ ” indicates

top side, “ ” indicates bottom side).

Auto–reverse feature: After the cassetteplayer reaches the end of a tape side, itautomatically reverses and begins to playthe other side. This is true whether thecassette was playing or fast forwarding.

(Reverse/Fast forward buttons)

Cassette Player

Push the fast forward button to fast for-ward a cassette tape. “FF” will appear onthe display. Push the reverse button torewind a tape. “REW” will appear on thedisplay.

To stop the tape while it is fast forward-ing, push the fast forward button or“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is re-winding, push the reverse button or“TAPE”.

If a tape side rewinds completely, the cas-sette player will stop and then play thatsame side. If a tape fast forwards com-pletely, the cassette player will play theother side of the tape, using the auto–re-verse feature.

Compact Disc Player

If you want to fast forward or reversethrough a compact disc track, push andhold in the fast forward or reverse button.When you release the button, the compactdisc player will resume playing.

AM

Push “AM” to turn on the radio and selectthe AM band. “AM” will appear on thedisplay.

If the audio system is off, you can turnon the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push“AM” to switch from cassette or compactdisc operation to radio operation.

CTRL / MODE (Audio control and modeadjustment)

Manual tone adjustment function—

This knob is used to adjust the tonemanually.

For low–pitch tone adjustment, push“CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “BAS”appears on the display. Then turn theknob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from“BAS –5” to “BAS 5”.

For high–pitch tone adjustment, push“CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “TRE”appears on the display. Then turn theknob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from“TRE –5” to “TRE 5”.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1192001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Sound balance adjustment function—

This knob is also used to adjust thesound balance between the front and rear,and the right and left speakers.

For front/rear adjustment, push “CTRL /MODE” repeatedly until “FAd” appears onthe display. Then turn the knob to adjustthe front/rear balance.

The display will show the range from“FAd–F7” to “FAd–R7”.

For left/right adjustment, push “CTRL /MODE” repeatedly until “BAL” appears onthe display. Then turn the knob to adjustthe left/right balance.

The display will show the range from“BAL–L7” to “BAL–R7”.

AUX (Auxiliary button)

This button is used to operate each playerwhen a cassette tape player, compact discplayer or compact disc auto changer isequipped with this radio player.

With cassette tape player

Push “AUX” to switch from radio to cas-sette operation. If the audio system is off,you can turn on the cassette player bypushing “AUX”. In both cases, a cassettemust already be loaded in the player.

With compact disc player or compactdisc auto changer

Push “AUX” to switch from radio to com-pact disc operation. If the audio system isoff, you can turn on the compact discplayer by pushing “AUX”. In both cases,a disc must already be loaded in theplayer.

When the audio is set into compact discoperation, the display shows the track or,track and disc number currently beingplayed. Each time you push “AUX”, thesystem changes to the automatic changer.

If the player malfunctions, your audio sys-tem will display one of the six followingerror messages.

If “WAIT” appears on the display, it indi-cates that the inside of the player unitmay be too hot due to the very high ambi-ent temperature. Remove the disc or mag-azine from the player and allow the playerto cool down.

If “Err 1” appears on the display, itindicates the disc is dirty, damaged, or itwas inserted up–side down. Clean thedisc or insert it correctly.

If “Err 2” appears on the display, itindicates no disc is loaded inside themagazine. Insert a disc.

If “Err 3” or “Err 4” appears on thedisplay, it indicates there is a trouble in-side the system. Eject the disc or maga-zine. Set the disc or magazine again.

If “OPEn” appears on the display, itindicates the compact disc auto changerlid is open. Close the compact disc autochanger lid.

If the malfunction is not rectified, takeyour vehicle to your Toyota dealer.

DISC ��

Compact disc auto changer only—

By using this button, you can select adisc you wish to listen to.

Push either side of the button until thenumber of the disc you want to listen toappears on the display.

Dolby � B NR∗

If you are listening to a tape that wasrecorded with Dolby� B Noise Reduction,push the button marked with the double–Dsymbol. The double–D symbol will appearon the display. Push the button again toturn off Dolby� B NR.

The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noiseby about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-tion, play your tapes with this button onor off according to the mode used forrecording the tape.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

120 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

∗: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license fromDolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and thedouble D symbol are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

FM1·2

Push “FM1·2” to turn on the radio andselect the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2” willappear on the display. This system allowsyou to set twelve FM stations, two foreach button.

If the audio system is off, you can turnon the radio by pushing “FM1·2”. Also,push “FM1·2” to switch from cassette orcompact disc operation to radio operation.

PWR/VOL (Power/Volume)

Push “PWR/VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off. Turn “PWR/VOL” to adjust thevolume.

RAND (Random)

There are two random features—you caneither listen to the tracks on all the com-pact discs in the magazine in random or-der, or only listen to the tracks on aspecific compact disc in random order.

To randomly play the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release “RAND”. “RAND”will appear on the display. The disc youare listening to will play in random order.If you hear a beep, you held the buttontoo long, and the player will play all thetracks in the magazine in random order.To turn off the random feature, push“RAND” again.


To randomly play all the tracks in themagazine:Push and hold “RAND” until you hear a

beep. “ ·RAND” will appear on the dis-

play and the player will perform all thetracks on all the discs in the magazine inrandom order. To turn off the random fea-ture, push “RAND” again.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette Player

Push “RPT” while the track is playing.“RPT” will appear on the display. Whenthe track ends, it will automatically berewound and replayed. This process willbe continued until you push the buttonagain to turn off the repeat feature.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blankspace between tracks in order for the re-peat feature to work correctly.

Compact Disc Player

There are two repeat features—you caneither replay a disc track or a whole com-pact disc.

Repeating a track:Quickly push and release “RPT” while thetrack is playing. “RPT” will appear on thedisplay. If you hear a beep, you held thebutton too long, and the player will repeatthe whole disc. When the track ends, itwill automatically be replayed. This pro-cess will be continued until you push thebutton again to turn off the repeat feature.


Repeating a disc:Push and hold “RPT” until you hear a

beep. “ ·RPT” will appear on the dis-

play. The player will repeat all the trackson the disc you are listening to. When thedisc ends, the player will automatically goback to the top track of the disc andreplay. This process will be continued untilyou push the button again to turn off therepeat feature.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1212001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

SCAN

Radio

You can either scan all the frequencies ona band or scan only the preset stationsfor that band.

To scan the preset stations: Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear abeep. The radio will tune in the next pres-et station up the band, stay there for 5seconds, and then move to the next pre-set station. To select a station, push“SCAN” again.

To scan all the frequencies: Quickly push and release “SCAN”. If youhear a beep, you held the button too long,and the radio will scan the preset sta-tions. The radio will find the next stationup the station band, stay there for 5 se-conds, and then scan again. To select astation, push “SCAN” again.

Compact disc player

There are two scan features—you can ei-ther scan the tracks on a specific disc orscan the first tracks of all the discs in themagazine.

Scanning the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”will appear on the display and the playerwill scan all the tracks on the disc youare listening to. If you hear a beep, youheld the button too long, and the playerwill scan the first track of all the discs inthe magazine. To select a track, push“SCAN” again. If the player scanned allthe tracks on the disc, it will stop scan-ning.


Scanning the first track of all the discs inthe magazine:Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.

“ ·SCAN” will appear on the display

and the player will perform the first trackof the next disc. To select a disc, pushthe “SCAN” again. If the player hasscanned all the discs, it will stop scan-ning.

SEEK (Seeking)

Radio

In the seek mode, the radio finds andplays the next station up or down thestation band.

To seek a station, quickly push and re-lease the “�” or “�” under the “SEEK”.Do this again to find another station.

Cassette Player

By using this button, you can skip up ordown to a different track.

You can skip up to nine tracks at a time.

Push the up or down side of the button.“FF 1” or “REW 1” will appear on thedisplay.

Next, push either side of the track buttonuntil the number on the display reachesthe number of tracks you want to skip. Ifyou push the button ten times, the skipfeature will be turned off.

When counting the number of tracks youwant to rewind, remember to count thecurrent track as well. For example, if youwant to rewind to a song that is two be-fore the song you are listening to, pushon the down side of the button until “REW3” appears on the display.

If you have pushed the track button morethan you wanted to, push the other sideof the button. The track number will bereduced.

The track number you select is not validif it is higher than the number of tracksremaining on the current cassette side.

� After the beginning of the tape isreached, the player will automaticallystart playing the same side.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

122 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

� After the end of the tape is reached,the player will automatically reversesides and start playing the other side.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blankspace between tracks for the track buttonto work correctly. In addition, the featuremay not work well with some spokenword, live, or classical recordings.

ST (Stereo reception) display

Your radio automatically changes to stereoreception when a stereo broadcast is re-ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If thesignal becomes weak, the radio reducesthe amount of channel separation to prev-ent the weak signal from creating noise.If the signal becomes extremely weak, theradio switches from stereo to mono recep-tion.

TRACK (Track up/down button): Compact disc player


Push either side of the track button untilthe number of the track you want to listento appears on the display. If you want toreturn to the beginning of the currenttrack, push the down side of the buttonone time, quickly.

TUNE (Tuning)

Your Toyota has an electronic tuning radio(ETR). Turn the knob clockwise to step upthe frequency. Turn the knob counterclock-wise to step down the frequency.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1232001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)


�Type 2

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

124 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)






(Eject button)

Push the cassette tape eject button toeject a cassette. Push the compact disceject button to eject a compact disc.

After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, youwill be able to eject a cassette or disc butyou will not be able to reinsert it.

(Program)





Cassette Player




Compact Disc Player


AM



CTRL / MODE (Audio control and modeadjustment)



For low–pitch tone adjustment, push“CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “BAS”appears on the display. Then turn theknob to suit your preference.


’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1252001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

For high–pitch tone adjustment, push“CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “TRE”appears on the display. Then turn theknob to suit your preference.




For front/rear adjustment, push “CTRL /MODE” repeatedly until “FAd” appears onthe display. Then turn the knob to adjustthe front/rear balance.


For left/right adjustment, push “CTRL /MODE” repeatedly until “BAL” appears onthe display. Then turn the knob to adjustthe left/right balance.


CD (Compact Disc)

Push “CD” to switch from radio or cas-sette operation to compact disc operation.If the audio system is off, you can turnon the compact disc player by pushing“CD”. In both cases, a disc must alreadybe loaded in the player.

When the audio is set into compact discoperation, the display shows the track or,track and disc number currently beingplayed. Each time you push “CD”, thesystem changes to the automatic changer.








DISC ��




Dolby � B NR∗



’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

126 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)


FM1·2



PWR/VOL (Power/Volume)

Push “PWR/VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off. Turn “PWR/VOL” to adjust thevolume.

RAND (Random)


To randomly play the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release “RAND”. “RAND”will appear on the display. The disc youare listening to will play in random order.If you hear a beep, you held the buttontoo long, and the player will play all thetracks in the magazine in random order.To turn off the random feature, push“RAND” again.


To randomly play all the tracks in themagazine:Push and hold “RAND” until you hear a

beep. “ ·RAND” will appear on the dis-

play and the player will perform all thetracks on all the discs in the magazine inrandom order. To turn off the random fea-ture, push “RAND” again.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette Player

Push “RPT” while the track is playing.“RPT” will appear on the display. Whenthe track ends, it will automatically berewound and replayed. This process willbe continued until you push the buttonagain to turn off the repeat feature.


Compact Disc Player

There are two repeat features—you caneither replay a disc track or a whole com-pact disc.

Repeating a track:Quickly push and release “RPT” while thetrack is playing. “RPT” will appear on thedisplay. If you hear a beep, you held thebutton too long, and the player will repeatthe whole disc. When the track ends, itwill automatically be replayed. This pro-cess will be continued until you push thebutton again to turn off the repeat feature.


Repeating a disc:Push and hold “RPT” until you hear a

beep. “ ·RPT” will appear on the dis-

play. The player will repeat all the trackson the disc you are listening to. When thedisc ends, the player will automatically goback to the top track of the disc andreplay. This process will be continued untilyou push the button again to turn off therepeat feature.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1272001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

SCAN

Radio




Compact disc player







SEEK (Seeking)

Radio



Cassette Player









’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

128 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)





TAPE

Push “TAPE” to switch from radio or com-pact disc operation to cassette operation.If the audio system is off, you can turnon the cassette player by pushing “TAPE”.In both cases, a cassette must already beloaded in the player.




TUNE (Tuning)


’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1292001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)


�Type 3

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

130 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)






(Eject button)

Push the cassette tape eject button toeject a cassette. Push the compact disceject button to eject a compact disc.

After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, youwill be able to eject a cassette or disc butyou will not be able to reinsert it.

(Program)





Cassette Player




Compact Disc Player


AM



CONTROL / MODE (Audio control andmode adjustment)



For low–pitch tone adjustment, push“CONTROL / MODE” repeatedly until“BAS” appears on the display. Then turnthe knob to suit your preference.


’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1312001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

For middle–pitch tone adjustment, push“CONTROL / MODE” repeatedly until “MId”appears on the display. Then turn theknob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from “MId–5” to “MId 5”.

For high–pitch tone adjustment, push“CONTROL / MODE” repeatedly until“TRE” appears on the display. Then turnthe knob to suit your preference.




For front/rear adjustment, push “CONTROL/ MODE” repeatedly until “FAd” appearson the display. Then turn the knob toadjust the front/rear balance.


For left/right adjustment, push “CONTROL/ MODE” repeatedly until “BAL” appearson the display. Then turn the knob toadjust the left/right balance.


CD (Compact Disc)


When the audio is set into compact discoperation, the display shows the track or,track and disc number currently beingplayed. Each time you push “CD”, thesystem changes to the automatic changer.








DISC ��




Dolby � B NR∗



’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

132 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)


FM1·2



PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust thevolume.

RAND (Random)


To randomly play the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release “ ”. “ ”will appear on the display. The disc youare listening to will play in random order.If you hear a beep, you held the buttontoo long, and the player will play all thetracks in the magazine in random order.To turn off the random feature, push thisbutton again.


To randomly play all the tracks in themagazine:Push and hold “ ” until you hear a

beep. “ ” will appear on the dis-play and the player will perform all thetracks on all the discs in the magazine inrandom order. To turn off the random fea-ture, push this button again.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette Player

Push “ ” while the track is playing.“ ” will appear on the display. Whenthe track ends, it will automatically berewound and replayed. This process willbe continued until you push the buttonagain to turn off the repeat feature.


Compact Disc Player

There are two repeat features—You caneither replay a disc track or a whole com-pact disc.

Repeating a track:Quickly push and release “ ” while thetrack is playing. “ ” will appear on thedisplay. If you hear a beep, you held thebutton too long, and the player will repeatthe whole disc. When the track ends, itwill automatically be replayed. This pro-cess will be continued until you push thebutton again to turn off the repeat feature.


Repeating a disc:Push and hold “ ” until you hear a

beep. “ ” will appear on the display.The player will repeat all the tracks on thedisc you are listening to. When the discends, the player will automatically go backto the top track of the disc and replay.This process will be continued until youpush the button again to turn off the re-peat feature.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1332001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

SCAN

Radio




Compact disc player







SEEK (Seeking)

Radio



Cassette Player






’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

134 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)








TAPE





TUNE (Tuning)


’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1352001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)


�Type 4

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

136 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)






(Eject button)

Cassette tape

Push the cassette tape eject button toeject a cassette.

After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, youwill be able to eject a cassette, but youwill not be able to reinsert it.

Compact disc

To eject one compact disc only: Push andrelease the compact disc eject button. Ifyou hold the button too long (if the audiosystem is on at this time, you hear abeep.), the mechanism will change to themode for ejecting all the discs loaded inthe changer. You can also eject any spe-cific one of the discs loaded in the chang-er as follows:

1. Push either side of the “DISC” buttonuntil the number of the disc you wantto eject is displayed.

2. Push and release the compact disceject button.

To eject all the discs loaded in the chang-er: Push and hold the compact disc ejectbutton (until you hear a beep when theaudio system is on). The last compactdisc played before pushing the button willbe ejected first. If a disc is left in the slotfor a long time, the function to eject allthe discs will be automatically cancelled.

After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, youwill be able to eject one compact disconly or all the discs loaded in the chang-er, but you will not be able to reinsert itor them.

(Program)





Cassette Player



’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1372001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)


Compact Disc Player


AM



CONTROL / MODE (Audio control andmode adjustment)



For low–pitch tone adjustment, push“CONTROL / MODE” repeatedly until“BAS” appears on the display. Then turnthe knob to suit your preference.


For middle–pitch tone adjustment, push“CONTROL / MODE” repeatedly until “MId”appears on the display. Then turn theknob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from “MId–5” to “MId 5”.

For high–pitch tone adjustment, push“CONTROL / MODE” repeatedly until“TRE” appears on the display. Then turnthe knob to suit your preference.




For front/rear adjustment, push “CONTROL/ MODE” repeatedly until “FAd” appearson the display. Then turn the knob toadjust the front/rear balance.


For left/right adjustment, push “CONTROL/ MODE” repeatedly until “BAL” appearson the display. Then turn the knob toadjust the left/right balance.


CD (Compact Disc)


When the audio is set into compact discoperation, the display shows the track or,track and disc number currently beingplayed.

If the player or another unit equipped withthe player malfunctions, your audio systemwill display one of the six following errormessages.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

138 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)







DISC ��



Dolby � B NR∗


The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noiseby about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-tion, play your tapes with this button onor off according to the mode used forrecording the tape.∗: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license fromDolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and thedouble D symbol are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

FM1·2



LOAD

This button is used to load the compactdiscs in the compact disc auto changerwhich is integrated with the radio and cas-sette player. This compact disc autochanger can store up to 6 discs.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”position.

Loading one compact disc only—

To load one compact disc only, quicklypush and release the button. If you holdthe button too long (if the audio systemis on at this time, you hear a beep.), themechanism will change to the mode forloading multiple compact discs. Afterpushing the button, insert a compact disc.At this time, the indicators on both sidesof the slot are flashing. After the disc isloaded, the shutter of the slot will closeand the indicators will stop flashing.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutterwill close after 15 seconds.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1392001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Loading multiple compact discs—

To load multiple compact discs, push andhold (until you hear a beep when the au-dio system is on). After pushing the but-ton, insert the first compact disc. At thistime, the indicators on both sides of theslot are flashing. After the disc is loaded,the shutter of the slot will close and theindicators will stop flashing. After a fewseconds, the shutter will automaticallyopen again so the next disc can be in-serted. The same process can be appliedfor loading the rest of the discs.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutterwill close after 15 seconds.

PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust thevolume.

RAND (Random)


To randomly play the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release “ ”. “ ”will appear on the display. The disc youare listening to will play in random order.If you hear a beep, you held the buttontoo long, and the player will play all thetracks in the magazine in random order.To turn off the random feature, push thisbutton again.

To randomly play all the tracks in themagazine:Push and hold “ ” until you hear a

beep. “ ” will appear on the dis-play and the player will perform all thetracks on all the discs in the magazine inrandom order. To turn off the random fea-ture, push this button again.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette Player

Push “ ” while the track is playing.“ ” will appear on the display. Whenthe track ends, it will automatically berewound and replayed. This process willbe continued until you push the buttonagain to turn off the repeat feature.


Compact Disc Player

There are two repeat features—You caneither replay a disc track or a whole com-pact disc.

Repeating a track:Quickly push and release “ ” while thetrack is playing. “ ” will appear on thedisplay. If you hear a beep, you held thebutton too long, and the player will repeatthe whole disc. When the track ends, itwill automatically be replayed. This pro-cess will be continued until you push thebutton again to turn off the repeat feature.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

140 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Repeating a disc:Push and hold “ ” until you hear a

beep. “ ” will appear on the display.The player will repeat all the tracks on thedisc you are listening to. When the discends, the player will automatically go backto the top track of the disc and replay.This process will be continued until youpush the button again to turn off the re-peat feature.

SCAN

Radio




Compact disc player






SEEK (Seeking)

Radio



Cassette Player




’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1412001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)










TAPE





TUNE (Tuning)


’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

142 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)


�Type 5

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1432001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

(Eject button)

Push this button to eject a compact disc.

After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, youwill be able to eject a disc but you willnot be able to reinsert it.

DISC IN (Disc indicator)

When the compact disc is inserted, thedisc indicator on the right side of “DISCIN” turns on.

NOTICE

To ensure the correct audio systemoperation:

� Be careful not to spill beveragesover the audio system.

� Do not put anything other than acassette tape or Compact Disc intothe slot.

� The use of cellular phone inside ornear the vehicle may cause a noisefrom the speakers of the audio sys-tem which you are listening to.However, this does not indicate amalfunction.

RADIO RECEPTION

Usually, a problem with radio receptiondoes not mean there is a problem withyour radio—it is just the normal result ofconditions outside the vehicle.

For example, nearby buildings and terraincan interfere with FM reception. Powerlines or telephone wires can interfere withAM signals. And of course, radio signalshave a limited range. The farther you arefrom a station, the weaker its signal willbe. In addition, reception conditionschange constantly as your vehicle moves.

Here are some common reception prob-lems that probably do not indicate a prob-lem with your radio:

FM

Fading and drifting stations—Generally, theeffective range of FM is about 40 km (25miles). Once outside this range, you maynotice fading and drifting, which increasewith the distance from the radio transmit-ter. They are often accompanied by distor-tion.

Multi–path—FM signals are reflective,making it possible for two signals to reachyour antenna at the same time. If thishappens, the signals will cancel each oth-er out, causing a momentary flutter orloss of reception.

Static and fluttering—These occur whensignals are blocked by buildings, trees, orother large objects. Increasing the basslevel may reduce static and fluttering.

Station swapping—If the FM signal youare listening to is interrupted or weak-ened, and there is another strong stationnearby on the FM band, your radio maytune in the second station until the origi-nal signal can be picked up again.

Car audio system operating hints

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

144 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

AM

Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected bythe upper atmosphere—especially at night.These reflected signals can interfere withthose received directly from the radio sta-tion, causing the radio station to soundalternately strong and weak.

Station interference—When a reflected sig-nal and a signal received directly from aradio station are very nearly the samefrequency, they can interfere with eachother, making it difficult to hear the broad-cast.

Static—AM is easily affected by externalsources of electrical noise, such as hightension power lines, lightening, or electri-cal motors. This results in static.

CARING FOR YOUR CASSETTE PLAYERAND TAPES

For the best performance for your cas-sette player and tapes:

Clean the tape head and other parts regu-larly.

� A dirty tape head or tape path candecrease sound quality and tangle yourcassette tapes. The easiest way toclean them is by using a cleaning tape.(A wet type is recommended.)

Use high–quality cassettes.

� Low–quality cassette tapes can causemany problems, including poor sound,inconsistent playing speed, andconstant auto–reversing. They can alsoget stuck or tangled in the cassetteplayer.

� Do not use a cassette if it has beendamaged or tangled or if its label ispeeling off.

� Do not leave a cassette in the playerif you are not listening to it, especiallyif it is hot outside.

� Store cassettes in their cases and outof direct sunlight.

� Avoid using cassettes with a total play-ing time longer than 100 minutes (50minutes per side). The tape used inthese cassettes is thin and could getstuck or tangled in the cassette player.

CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISCPLAYER AND DISCS

� Use only compact discs labeled asshown.

� Extremely high temperatures can keepyour compact disc player from working.On hot days, use the air conditioningto cool the vehicle interior before youlisten to a disc.

� Bumpy roads or other vibrations maymake your compact disc player skip.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1452001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

� If moisture gets into your compact discplayer, you may not hear any soundeven though your compact disc playerappears to be working. Remove thedisc from the player and wait until itdries.

� Your automatic changer or compactdisc player cannot play special shapedor low–quality compact discs such asthose shown here. Do not use them asthe changer or player could be dam-aged.

� Handle compact discs carefully, espe-cially when you are inserting them.Hold them on the edge and do notbend them. Avoid getting fingerprintson them, particularly on the shiny side.

� Dirt, scrapes, warping, pin holes, orother disc damage could cause theplayer to skip or to repeat a section ofa track. (To see a pin hole, hold thedisc up to the light.)

� Remove discs from the compact discplayer when you are not listeningto them. Store them in their plasticcases away from moisture, heat, anddirect sunlight.

To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with asoft, lint–free cloth that has been damp-ened with water. Wipe in a straight linefrom the center to the edge of the disc(not in circles). Dry it with another soft,lint–free cloth. Do not use a conventionalrecord cleaner or anti–static device.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

146 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

Compact disc players use an invisiblelaser beam which could cause hazard-ous radiation exposure if directedoutside the unit. Be sure to operatethe player correctly.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1472001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLSAir conditioning systemControls 148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air flow selector settings 151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating tips 151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument panel vents 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 8

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

148 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Controls1. Fan Speed Selector

2. Temperature Selector

3. Air Flow Selector

4. “A/C” Button (on some models)

5. Air Intake Selector

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1492001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Fan speed selector

Turn the knob to adjust the fan speed—tothe right to increase, to the left to de-crease.

Temperature selector

Turn the knob to adjust the temperature—to the right to warm, to the left to cool.

Air flow selector

Turn the knob to select the vents used forair flow.

1. Panel—Air flows mainly from theinstrument panel vents.

2. Bi–level— Air flows from both the floorvents and the instrument panel vents.

3. Floor— Air flows mainly from the floorvents.

It is recommended to close the lowervent. For details about it, see “Instru-ment panel vents” in this section.

4. Floor/Windshield— Air flows mainlyfrom the floor vents and windshieldvents.

Turning the air flow selector to thefloor/windshield position turns on thedefogging function with the purpose ofclearing the front view.


This position allows the air intake toselect FRESH automatically. This is toclean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting toRECIRCULATE mode, press the air in-take selector button once again.

Vehicles with “A/C” button—

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clearsthe front view more quickly.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

150 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

5. Windshield— Air flows mainly from thewindshield vents.

Turning the air flow selector to thewindshield position turns on the defog-ging function with the purpose of clear-ing the front view.

This position allows the air intake toselect FRESH automatically. This is toclean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting toRECIRCULATE mode, press the air in-take selector button once again.


Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clearsthe front view more quickly.


For details about air flow selector settings,see “Air flow selector settings” describedbelow.

Air intake selector

The air intake selector button is used toswitch the air intake FRESH mode thatdraws outside air into the system and RE-CIRCULATED mode that recirculates theair inside vehicle.

To turn the air source to RECIRCULATEDmode, press the button. The indicator willcome on. To turn the air source to FRESHmode, press the button again. The indica-tor will go off.

To prevent fogging up of the windshield,the air intake mode may change automati-cally to FRESH depending on the condi-tion of the air conditioning system.

“A/C” button

To turn on the air conditioning, press the“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicatorwill come on. To turn the air conditioningoff, press the button again.

If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, thereis a problem in the air conditioning systemand the air conditioning automaticallyshuts off. If this happens, take your ve-hicle to a Toyota dealer for service.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1512001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Air flow selector settings Operating tips� To cool off your Toyota after it has

been parked in the hot sun, drive withthe windows open for a few minutes.This vents the hot air, allowing the airconditioning to cool the interior morequickly.

� Make sure the air intake grilles in frontof the windshield are not blocked (byleaves or snow, for example).

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield. The windshield couldfog up because of the difference in airtemperature on the inside and outsideof the windshield.

� Keep the area under the front seatsclear to allow air to circulate through-out the vehicle.

� On cold days, move the fan speed to“HI” for a minute to help clear the in-take ducts of snow or moisture. Thiscan reduce the amount of fogging onthe windows.

� When driving on dusty roads, close allwindows. If dust thrown up by the ve-hicle is still drawn into the vehicle afterclosing the windows, it is recommendedthat the air intake selector be set toFRESH and the fan speed selector toany setting except “OFF”. : See “Instrument panel vents” in this section.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

152 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

� If following another vehicle on a dustyroad, or driving in windy and dustyconditions, it is recommended that theair intake selector be temporarily set toRECIRCULATE, which will close off theoutside passage and prevent outsideair and dust from entering the vehicleinterior.

Heating

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speed— Any setting except “OFF”Temperature— Towards WARM

(red zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—FLOORLower vent—CLOSEDAir conditioning—OFF

� For quick heating, select recirculatedair for a few minutes. To keep thewindows from fogging, select fresh af-ter the vehicle interior has beenwarmed.

� Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-fied heating.

� Choose floor/windshield air flow to heatthe vehicle interior while defrosting ordefogging the windshield.

Air conditioning


Fan speed— Any setting except “OFF”Temperature— Towards COLD

(blue zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANELAir conditioning—ON

� For quick cooling, move the air intakeselector to recirculate for a few min-utes.

Ventilation


Fan speed— Any setting except “OFF”Temperature— Towards COLD

(blue zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANELAir conditioning—OFF

Defogging

The inside of the windshield


Fan speed— Any setting except “OFF”Temperature— Towards WARM (red

zone) to heat; COLD(blue zone) to cool

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELDLower vent—CLOSED

Turning the air flow selector to the wind-shield or floor/windshield position turns onthe defogging function with the purpose ofclearing the front view.

When turning the air flow selector to wind-shield or floor/windshield position, the airintake selects FRESH automatically. Thisis to clean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting to RE-CIRCULATE mode, press the air intakeselector button once again.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1532001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)


Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clears thefront view more quickly.

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield—the difference be-tween the outside and inside tempera-tures could make the fogging worse.

Defrosting

The outside of the windshield


Fan speed— Any setting except “OFF”Temperature— Towards WARM

(red zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELDLower vent—CLOSED

Turning the air flow selector to the wind-shield or floor/windshield position turns onthe defrosting function with the purpose ofclearing the front view.

When turning the air flow selector to wind-shield or floor/windshield position, the airintake selects FRESH automatically. Thisis to clean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting to RE-CIRCULATE mode, press the air intakeselector button once again.


Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clears thefront view more quickly.

� To heat the vehicle interior while de-frosting the windshield, choose floor/windshield air flow.

Instrument panel vents

Side vents

Lower vent

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

154 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

If air flow control is not satisfactory, checkthe instrument panel vents. The instrumentpanel vents may be opened or closed asshown.

For removing frost or fog, it is recom-mended to close the lower vent when us-ing the “Floor”, “Floor/Windshield” or“Windshield” mode.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1552001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLSOther equipment

Clock 156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cigarette lighter and ashtray 156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Power outlets 157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Glove box 157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Garage door opener box 158. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Auxiliary boxes 161. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cup holders 163. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Note pad holder 165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Floor mat 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 9

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

156 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Clock

The digital clock indicates the time.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”position.

To reset the hour: Push the “H” button.To reset the minutes: Push the “M” button.

If the electrical power source has beendisconnected from the clock, the time dis-play will automatically be set to 1:00 (oneo’clock).

When the instrument panel lights areturned on, the brightness of the time in-dication will be reduced.

Cigarette lighter and ashtray

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

To use the cigarette lighter, press it in.When it becomes heated, it automatical-ly pops out ready for use.

If the engine is not running, the key mustbe in the “ACC” position.

Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressedin.

Use a Toyota genuine cigarette lighter orequivalent for replacement.

ASHTRAY

To use the ashtray, pull it out.

When finished with your cigarette, thor-oughly extinguish it in the ashtray to pre-vent other cigarette butts from catchingfire. After using the ashtray, push it backin completely.

To remove the ashtray, press down on thelock spring plate and pull out.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or sudden stopwhile driving, always push the ash-tray back in completely after using.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1572001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Power outlets

The power outlets are designed forpower supply for car accessories.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”position for the power outlets to be used.

NOTICE

� To prevent the fuse from beingblown, do not use the electricityover the total vehicle capacity of12V/120W.

� To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not use the poweroutlets longer than necessary whenthe engine is not running.

� Close the power outlet lids whenthe power outlets are not in use.Inserting a foreign object other thanthe appropriate plug that fits theoutlet, or allowing any liquid intothe outlet may cause electrical fail-ure or short circuits.

Glove box

To open the glove box door, pull thelever.

On some models, the glove box light willcome on when the glove box is openedwith the headlight switch on.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the glove box doorclosed while driving.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

158 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Garage door opener box

The box is designed to store a garagedoor opener transmitter.

Open the cover and remove the Velcrosquare.

Remove the paper strip covering the adhe-sive on back side of square and adherethe square to back side of the transmitternear the center.

Please note if transmitter has wire clip forsun visor, this clip must be removed priorto adhesion of the Velcro.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1592001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Place the transmitter with Velcro squarefacing inside of box into the box. Makesure the transmitter button is locatedabove button pins.

Remove spacers from the center panel.Place the largest spacer on the pin thatwould be below transmitter button whenthe cover is closed. Close the cover.

When the garage door opener transmitteris properly installed, you can operate thetransmitter by pushing the center panel ofthe cover.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

160 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

If the center panel does not contact withyour garage door opener transmitter:

� Check to see if spacer is on the cor-rect pin.

� Attach another spacer to the top oforiginal spacer. Check operation. If re-quired, continue to add spacers untilcontact is achieved.

If the transmitter is clattering during driv-ing, fill in a piece of felt or pad to preventthe transmitter from clattering.

CAUTION

� To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a suddenstop, always keep the garage dooropener box closed while driving.

� Keep the remained spacers awayfrom children.

The auxiliary box (stored in the glovebox) and garage door opener box areinterchangeable.

Removing the cover—

Half open the cover. Pinch each hinge andpull it out of its pivot one by one asshown above.

Do not remove the cover forcibly.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1612001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Installing the cover—

Align the hinges with the pivots, andpress each hinge with your thumb untilyou hear a click.

Make sure that the cover opens andcloses smoothly.

Auxiliary boxesTo use the auxiliary bo xes, open thelids as shown in the following illustra-tions.

CAUTION

� To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a suddenstop, always keep the auxiliary boxclosed while driving.

� Type A only—As this holder is de-signed for holding a light objectsuch as an eyeglass, do not placeany heavy objects in it. Heavy ob-jects may cause the holder to openand contents to fly out resulting ininjuries.

NOTICE

Type A only—In hot weather, inside ofthe vehicle becomes very hot. Do notleave anything flammable or deform-able such as a lighter, glasses, etc.inside.

Type A (on the ceiling)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

162 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Type B (front split bench seat—only whenthe armrest is down)

Type B auxiliary box is equipped witha coin holder and cassette tape holder.

1. Coin holder: To use it, push coinsdown into the holder. The coin hold-er is detachable.

2. Cassette tape holder: The plate forthe cassette tape holder is detach-able.

Type C (console)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1632001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Type C auxiliary box is equipped witha coin holder and cassette tape/com-pact disc holder.

1. Coin holder: To use it, push coinsdown into the holder.

2. Cassette tape/compact disc holder:To use it, raise the upper tray.

The plates for the cassette tape/com-pact disc are detachable.

Type D (under the rear seat—only whenthe bottom cushion is up)

Cup holdersThe cup holder is designed for holdingcups or drink–cans securely. To usethem, observe the following illustra-tions.

CAUTION

� Do not place anything else otherthan cups or drink–cans on the cupholder, as such items may bethrown about and possibly injurepeople in the vehicle during suddenbraking or in an accident.

� To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a suddenstop while driving, keep the cupholder closed when it is not in use.

NOTICE

Type A only—As this holder is de-signed for holding soft cups only, donot place too heavy a cup, drink–canor bottle in it.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

164 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Type A (instrument panel)

To fold down the armrestwith the cup holder

To return the armrest with the cupholder to the original position

Type B (front split bench seat—only whenthe armrest is down)

Type C (console)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1652001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Type C cup holders are equipped witha detachable adapter for each holder.When you have removed the adapter, abigger cup can be held in the holder.

Type D (rear seat)

Note pad holder

The note pad holder is designed tohold small paper such as note pads.

To use the holder, pull the holder outcompletely.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

166 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

You can move the paper holders to ac-commodate the size of paper as shown inthe illustration.

CAUTION

� To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a suddenstop while driving, keep the notepad holder closed when it is not inuse.

� Do not write on the note pad holderwhile the vehicle is moving.

� Do not place anything else on thenote pad holder. Such items may bethrown about in the compartmentand possibly cause injury duringsudden braking or an accident.

Floor mat

Use a floor mat of the correct size.

If the floor carpet and floor mat have ahole, then it is designed for use with alocking clip. Fix the floor mat with lockingclip into the hole in the floor carpet.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1672001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

Make sure the floor mat is properlyplaced on the floor carpet. If the floormat slips and interferes with themovement of the pedals during driv-ing, it may cause an accident.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

168 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1692001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOUR TOYOTAOff–road vehicle precautions 170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Break–in period 171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel 171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation in foreign countries 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three–way catalytic converters 174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine exhaust cautions 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Facts about engine oil consumption 176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Twin ground electrode spark plugs 177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake system 177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake pad wear limit indicators 180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Luggage stowage precautions 181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear step bumper 181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your Toyota’s identification 182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Theft prevention labels 183. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suspension and chassis 184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types of tires 184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

170 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Off–road vehicle precautionsThis vehicle has higher ground clear-ance and narrower tread in relation tothe height of its center of gravity tomake it capable of performing in a widevariety of off–road applications. Specificdesign characteristics give it a highercenter of gravity than ordinary passen-ger cars. This vehicle design featurecauses this type of vehicle to be morelikely to rollover. And, it has a signifi-cantly higher rollover rate than othertypes of vehicles. An advantage of thehigher ground clearance is a betterview of the road allowing you to antici-pate problems. It is not designed forcornering at the same speeds as ordi-nary passenger cars any more thanlow–slung sports cars designed to per-form satisfactorily under off–roadconditions. Therefore, sharp turns atexcessive speeds may cause rollover.

CAUTION

Always observe the following precau-tions to minimize the risk of seriouspersonal injury or damage to your ve-hicle:

� In a rollover crash, an unbelted per-son is significantly more likely todie than a person wearing a seatbelt. Therefore, the driver and allpassengers should fasten their seatbelts whenever the vehicle is mov-ing.

� Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu-vers, if at all possible. Failure tooperate this vehicle correctly mayresult in loss of control or vehiclerollover causing death or seriousinjury.

� Avoid loading any items on the roofthat will raise the vehicle’s centerof gravity.

� Always slow down in gusty cross-winds. Because of its profile andhigher center of gravity, your ve-hicle is more sensitive to sidewinds than an ordinary passengercar. Slowing down will allow you tohave better control.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1712001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

� When driving off–road or in ruggedterrain, do not drive at excessivespeeds, jump, make sharp turns,strike objects, etc. This may causeloss of control or vehicle rollovercausing death or serious injury. Youare also risking expensive damageto your vehicle’s suspension andchassis.

� Do not drive horizontally acrosssteep slopes. Driving straight up orstraight down is preferred. Your ve-hicle (or any similar off–road ve-hicle) can tip over sideways muchmore easily than forward or back-ward.

Break–in periodDrive gently and avoid high speeds.

Your vehicle does not need an elaboratebreak–in. But following a few simple tipsfor the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can addto the future economy and long life ofyour vehicle:

� Do not drive over 88 km/h (55 mph).

� Run the engine at moderate speed be-tween 2000 and 4000 rpm.

� Avoid full–throttle starts.

� Try to avoid hard stops during the first300 km (200 miles).

� Do not drive slowly with the manualtransmission in a high gear.

� Do not drive for a long time at anysingle speed, either fast or slow.

� Do not tow a trailer during the first 800km (500 miles).

FuelFUEL TYPE

Your new vehicle must use only un-leaded gasoline.

To help prevent gas station mix–ups, yourToyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.The special nozzle on pumps with un-leaded fuel will fit it, but the larger stan-dard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas willnot.

At a minimum, the gasoline you useshould meet specifications of ASTMD4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5–M93in Canada.

NOTICE

Do not use leaded gasoline. Use ofleaded gasoline will cause the three–way catalytic converter to lose its ef-fectiveness and the emission controlsystem to function improperly. Also,this can increase maintenance costs.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

172 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

OCTANE RATING

Select Octane Rating 87 (Research Oc-tane Number 91) or higher.

Use of unleaded gasoline with an octanerating or research octane number lowerthan stated above will cause persistentheavy knocking. If it is severe, this willlead to engine damage.

If your engine knocks...

If you detect heavy knocking even whenusing the recommended fuel, or if youhear steady knocking while holding asteady speed on level roads, consult yourToyota dealer.

However, now and then, you may noticelight knocking for a short time while accel-erating or driving up hills. This is no needof concern.

GASOLINE CONTAINING DETERGENTADDITIVES

Toyota recommends the use of gasolinethat contains detergent additives toavoid build–up of engine deposits.

However, all gasoline sold in the U.S.contains detergent additives to keep cleanand/or clean intake systems.

QUALITY GASOLINE

Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.,Europe and Japan have developed aspecification for quality fuel namedWorld–Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) thatis expected to be applied world wide.The WWFC consists of three categoriesthat depend on required emission lev-els. In the U.S., category 3 has beenadopted. The WWFC improves air quali-ty by providing for better emissions invehicle fleets, and customer satisfactionthrough better vehicle performance.

CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE

Cleaner burning gasoline, including re-formulated gasoline that contains oxy-genates such as ethanol or MTBE isavailable in many areas.

Toyota recommends the use of cleanerburning gasoline and appropriately blendedreformulated gasoline. These types of gas-oline provide excellent vehicle perfor-mance, reduce vehicle emissions, and im-prove air quality.

OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE

Toyota allows the use of oxygenateblended gasoline where the oxygenatecontent is up to 10% ethanol or 15%MTBE. If you use gasohol in yourToyota, be sure that it has an octanerating no lower than 87.

Toyota does not recommend the use ofgasoline containing methanol.

SULFUR IN GASOLINE

If your vehicle is certified to CaliforniaEmission Regulations, the vehicle is de-signed to operate on California cleanerburning gasoline (CBG) that containslower sulfur. If you cannot use Califor-nia CBG, your emission control systemmay suffer damage and turn on theMalfunction Indicator Lamp.

If the malfunction is caused by the typeof fuel used, repairs may not be coveredby your warranty.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1732001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT

Some gasoline contain an octane en-hancing additive called MMT (Methylcy-clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).

Toyota does not recommend the use ofgasoline that contains MMT. If fuel con-taining MMT is used, your emission con-trol system may be adversely affected.The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the in-strument cluster may come on. If this hap-pens, contact your Toyota dealer for ser-vice.

GASOLINE QUALITY

In a very few cases, you may experiencedriveability problems caused by the partic-ular gasoline that you are using. If youcontinue to have unacceptable driveability,try changing gasoline brands. If this doesnot rectify your problem, then consult yourToyota dealer.

NOTICE

� Do not use gasohol other thanstated above. It will cause fuel sys-tem damage or vehicle performanceproblems.

� If driveab ility problems occur (poorhot starting, vaporizing, engineknock, etc.), discontinue the use.

� Take care not to spill gasohol dur-ing refueling. Gasohol may causepaint damage.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY

100 L (26.4 gal., 22.0 Imp. gal.)

Operation in foreign countriesIf you plan to drive your Toyota inanother country...

First, comply with the vehicle registrationlaws.

Second, confirm the availability of the cor-rect fuel (unleaded and minimum octanenumber).

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

174 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Three–way catalytic converters

5VZ–FE engine

2UZ–FE engine (type A)

2UZ–FE engine (type B)

The three–way catalytic converter is anemission control device installed in theexhaust system.

The purpose is to reduce pollutants in theexhaust gas.

CAUTION

� Keep people and combustible mate-rials away from the exhaust pipewhile the engine is running. Theexhaust gas is very hot.

� Do not drive, idle or park your ve-hicle over anything that might burneasily such as grass, leaves, paperor rags.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1752001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

NOTICE

A large amount of unburned gasesflowing into the three–way catalyticconverter may cause it to overheatand create a fire hazard. To preventthis and other damage, observe thefollowing precautions:

� Use only unleaded gasoline.

� Do not drive with an extremely lowfuel level; running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, creat-ing an excessive load on the three–way catalytic converter.

� Do not allow the engine to run atidle speed for more than 20 minu-tes.

� Avoid racing the engine.

� Do not push–start or pull–start yourvehicle.

� Do not turn off the ignition whilethe vehicle is moving.

� Keep your engine in good runningorder. Malfunctions in the engineelectrical system, electronic ignitionsystem/distributor ignition systemor fuel systems could cause an ex-tremely high three–way catalyticconverter temperature.

� If the engine becomes difficult tostart or stalls frequently, take yourvehicle in for a check–up as soonas possible. Remember, your Toyotadealer knows your vehicle and itsthree–way catalytic converter sys-tem best.

� To ensure that the three–way cata-lytic converter and the entire emis-sion control system operate proper-ly, your vehicle must receive theperiodic inspections required by theToyota Maintenance Schedule. Forscheduled maintenance information,refer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment”.

Engine exhaust cautions

CAUTION

� Avoid inhaling the engine exhaust.It contains carbon monoxide, whichis a colorless and odorless gas. Itcan cause unconsciousness or evendeath.

� Make sure the exhaust system hasno holes or loose connections. Thesystem should be checked fromtime to time. If you hit something,or notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust, have the systemchecked immediately.

� Do not run the engine in a garageor enclosed area except for thetime needed to drive the vehicle inor out. The exhaust gases cannotescape, making this a particularlydangerous situation.

� Do not remain for a long time in aparked vehicle with the engine run-ning. If it is unavoidable, however,do so only in an unconfined areaand adjust the heating or coolingsystem to force outside air into thevehicle.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

176 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

� To allow proper operation of yourvehicle’s ventilation system, keepthe inlet grilles in front of the wind-shield clear of snow, leaves, or oth-er obstructions.

� If you smell exhaust fumes in thevehicle, drive with the windowsopen. Have the cause immediatelylocated and corrected.

� Toyota does not recommend occu-pying the rear cargo area when itis fitted with a slide–in camper,camper shell or other type coverwhile the engine is running. Thiscaution applies to both driving andstopped or parked situations withthe engine running. Particular careshould be taken to prevent exhaustgases from entering camper bodies,trailers or other enclosures on oraround your vehicle. If exhaustfumes are detected, open all win-dows and thoroughly ventilate thearea.

FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL

Engine oil has the primary functions oflubricating and cooling the inside of theengine, and plays a major role in main-taining the engine in proper working order.

ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION

It is normal that an engine should con-sume some engine oil during normalengine operation. The causes of oilconsumption in a normal engine are asfollows.

� Oil is used to lubricate pistons, pistonrings and cylinders. A thin film of oilis left on the cylinder wall when a pis-ton moves downwards in the cylinder.High negative pressure generated whenthe vehicle is decelerating sucks someof this oil into the combustion chamber.This oil as well as some part of the oilfilm left on the cylinder wall is burnedby the high temperature combustiongases during the combustion process.

� Oil is also used to lubricate the stemsof the intake valves. Some of this oilis sucked into the combustion chambertogether with the intake air and isburned along with the fuel. High tem-perature exhaust gases also burn theoil used to lubricate the exhaust valvestems.

The amount of engine oil consumed de-pends on the viscosity of the oil, thequality of the oil and the conditions thevehicle is driven under.

More oil is consumed by high–speed driv-ing and frequent acceleration and decel-eration.

A new engine consumes more oil, sinceits pistons, piston rings and cylinder wallshave not become conditioned.

When judging the amount of oil con-sumption, note that the oil may becomediluted and make it difficult to judgethe true level accurately.

As an example, if a vehicle is used forrepeated short trips, and consumes a nor-mal amount of oil, the dipstick may notshow any drop in the oil level at all, evenafter 1000 km (600 miles) or more. Thisis because the oil is gradually becomingdiluted with fuel or moisture, making itappear that the oil level has not changed.

The diluting ingredients evaporate outwhen the vehicle is then driven at highspeeds, as on an expressway, making itappear that oil is excessively consumedafter driving at high speeds.

Facts about engine oil consumption

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1772001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVELCHECK

One of the most important points in prop-er vehicle maintenance is to keep the en-gine oil at the optimum level so that oilfunction will not be impaired. Therefore, itis essential that the oil level be checkedregularly. Toyota recommends that the oillevel be checked every time you refuelthe vehicle.

NOTICE

Failure to check the oil level regularlycould lead to serious engine troubledue to insufficient oil.

For detailed information on oil level check,see “Checking the engine oil level” in Sec-tion 7–2.

Your engine is fitted with twin groundelectrode spark plugs.

NOTICE

Use only twin ground electrode sparkplugs for your engine performance.

Brake systemThe tandem master cylinder brake systemis a hydraulic system with two separatesub–systems. If either sub–system shouldfail, the other will still work. However, thepedal will be harder to press, and yourstopping distance will be longer. Also, thebrake system warning light may come on.

CAUTION

Do not drive your vehicle with only asingle brake system. Have yourbrakes fixed immediately.

BRAKE BOOSTER

The brake booster uses engine vacuum topower–assist the brakes. If the engineshould quit while you are driving, you canbring the vehicle to a stop with normalpedal pressure. There is enough reservedvacuum for one or two stops—but nomore!

Twin ground electrode spark plugs (5VZ–FE engine)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

178 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

� Do not pump the brake pedal if theengine stalls. Each push on thepedal uses up your reserved vacu-um.

� Even if the power assist is com-pletely lost, the brakes will stillwork. But you will have to push thepedal hard, much harder than nor-mal. And your braking distance willbe longer.

ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM(with “ABS” warning light)

The anti–lock brake system is designedto help prevent lock–up of the wheelsduring a sudden braking or braking onslippery road surfaces. This assists inproviding directional stability and steer-ing performance of the vehicle underthese circumstances.

Effective way to press the ABS brakepedal: When the anti–lock brake systemfunction is in action, you may feel thebrake pedal pulsating and hear a noise.In this situation, to let the anti–lockbrake system work for you, just hold thebrake pedal down more firmly. Do notpump the brake in a panic stop. Thiswill result in reduced braking performan-ce.

The anti–lock brake system becomes op-erative after the vehicle has acceleratedto a speed in excess of approximately 10km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when thevehicle decelerates to a speed belowapproximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

Depressing the brake pedal on slipperyroad surfaces such as on the manholecover, the steel plate under the construc-tion, joints in the bridge, etc. on a rainyday tends to activate the anti–lock brakesystem.

You may hear a click or motor sound inthe engine compartment for a few secondswhen the engine is started or just afterthe vehicle is started. This means that theanti–lock brake system is in the self–check mode, and does not indicate a mal-function.

When the anti–lock brake system is ac-tivated, the following conditions mayoccur. They do not indicate a malfunc-tion of the system:

� You may hear the anti–lock brake sys-tem operating and feel the brake pedalpulsating and the vibrations of the ve-hicle body and steering wheel. Youmay also hear the motor sound in theengine compartment even after the ve-hicle is stopped.

� At the end of the anti–lock brake sys-tem activation, the brake pedal maymove a little forward.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1792001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

Do not overestimate the anti–lockbrake system: Although the anti–lockbrake system assists in providing ve-hicle control, it is still important todrive with all due care and maintaina moderate speed and safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you, be-cause there are limits to the vehiclestability and effectiveness of steeringwheel operation even with the anti–lock brake system on.

If tires grip performance exceeds itscapability, or if hydroplaning occursduring high speed driving in the rain,the anti–lock brake system does notprovide vehicle control.

Anti–lock brake system is not de-signed to shorten the stopping dis-tance: Always drive at the moderatespeed and maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you.Compared with vehicles without ananti–lock brake system, your vehiclemay require a longer stopping dis-tance in the following cases:

� Driving on rough, gravel or snow–covered roads.

� Driving with tire chains installed.

� Driving over the steps such as thejoints on the road.

� Driving on roads where the roadsurface is pitted or has other differ-ences in surface height.

Install all 4 tires of specified size atappropriate pressure: The anti–lockbrake system detects vehicle speedsusing the speed sensors for respec-tive wheels’ turning speeds. The useof tires other than specified may failto detect the accurate turning speedresulting in a longer stopping dis-tance.

Type A

Type B

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

180 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

“ABS” Warning light

The light comes on when the ignition keyis turned to the “ON” position. If the anti–lock brake system works properly, thelight turns off after a few seconds. There-after, if the system malfunctions, the lightcomes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti–lock brake system does not operate,but the brake system still operates con-ventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti–lock brake system does not operateso that the wheels could lock up duringa sudden braking or braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

If either of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionsomewhere in the parts monitored bythe warning light system. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toservice the vehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, or remains on.

� The light comes on while you are driv-ing.

A warning light turning on briefly duringoperation does not indicate a problem.

Brake pad wear limit indicators

The brake pad wear limit indicators onyour disc brakes give a warning noisewhen the brake pads are worn to wherereplacement is required.

If you hear a squealing or scraping noisewhile driving, have the brake padschecked and replaced by your Toyotadealer as soon as possible. Expensive ro-tor damage can result if the pads are notreplaced when necessary.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1812001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Luggage stowage pr ecautionsWhen stowing luggage or cargo in thevehicle, observe the following:

� Put luggage or cargo in the rear deckwhen at all possible. Be sure all itemsare secured in place.

� Be careful to keep the vehicle bal-anced. Locating the weight as far for-ward as possible helps maintain bal-ance.

� For better fuel economy, do not carryunneeded weight.

CAUTION

� To prevent luggage or packagesfrom sliding forward during braking,do not stack anything behind thefront seats higher than the seat-backs (access cab models). Keepluggage or packages low, as closeto the floor as possible.

� Never allow anyone to ride in therear deck. It is not designed forpassengers. They should ride intheir seats with their seat beltsproperly fastened. Otherwise, theyare much more likely to suffer seri-ous bodily injury, in the event ofsudden braking or a collision.

� Do not drive with objects left ontop of the instrument panel. Theymay interfere with the driver’s fieldof view. Or they may move duringsharp vehicle acceleration or turn-ing, and impair the driver’s controlof the vehicle. In an accident theymay injure the vehicle occupants.

NOTICE

Do not load the vehicle beyond thecargo weight specified in Section 8.

Rear step bumper

The rear step bumper is for rear endprotection and easier step–up loading.

CAUTION

� Do not allow more than one personto get on the rear step bumper ata time. It is designed for only oneperson.

� Never drive the vehicle with anyoneon the rear step bumper.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

182 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

The vehicle identification number (VIN)is the legal identifier for your vehicle.This number is on the left top of theinstrument panel, and can be seenthrough the windshield from outside.

This is the primary identification numberfor your Toyota. It is used in registeringthe ownership of your vehicle.

Standard cab models

Access cab models

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isalso on the Certification Label.

Your Toyota’s identification——Vehicle identification number

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1832001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

—Engine number

5VZ–FE engine

2UZ–FE engine

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown.

Your new vehicle carries theft preven-tion labels which are approximately 56mm (2.20 in.) by 16 mm (0.63 in.).

The purpose of these labels is to reducethe incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitat-ing the tracing and recovery of parts fromstolen vehicles. The label is designed sothat once it is applied to a surface, anyattempt to remove it will result in destroy-ing the integrity of the label. Transferringthese labels intact from one part to anoth-er, will be impossible.

NOTICE

You should not attempt to remove thetheft prevention labels as it may vio-late certain state or federal laws.

Theft prevention labels(except for Canada)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

184 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Suspension and chassis

CAUTION

Do not modify the suspension/chassiswith lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. Itcan cause dangerous handling charac-teristics, resulting in loss of control.

Types of tiresDetermine what kind of tires your ve-hicle is originally equipped with.

1. Summer tires

Summer tires are high–speed capabilitytires best suited to highway driving underdry conditions.

Since summer tires do not have the sametraction performance as snow tires, sum-mer tires are inadequate for driving onsnow–covered or icy roads. For driving onsnow–covered or icy roads, we recom-mend using snow tires. If installing snowtires, be sure to replace all four tires.

2. All season tires

All season tires are designed to providebetter traction in snow and to be adequatefor driving in most winter conditions, aswell as for use all year round.

All season tires, however, do not haveadequate traction performance comparedwith snow tires in heavy or loose snow.Also, all season tires fall short in accel-eration and handling performancecompared with summer tires in highwaydriving.

CAUTION

� Do not mix summer and all seasontires on your vehicle as this cancause dangerous handling charac-teristics, resulting in loss of con-trol.

� Do not use tires other than themanufacturer’s designated tires, andnever mix tires or wheels of thesizes different from the originals.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0008)

2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

WE REALLY CARE ABOUT YOU PLEASE BUCKLE UP

Toyota has made a special effort to encourage use of seat belts.

Toyota belts are:

� Comfortable

� Easy to use

� Convenient

We encourage you to use your belts every time you drive.

U

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1852001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

STARTING AND DRIVINGBefore starting the engine 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

How to start the engine 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tips for driving in various conditions 187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Off–road driving precautions 188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Winter driving tips 190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Trailer towing 191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer, too 201. . . . . . . . .

SECTION 3

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

186 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Before starting the engine1. Check the area around the vehicle be-

fore entering it.

2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle,seat cushion angle, head restraintheight and steering wheel angle.

3. Adjust the inside and outside rear viewmirrors.

4. Lock all doors.

5. Fasten seat belts.

1. Apply the parking brake firmly.

2. Turn off unnecessary lights and acces-sories.

3. Manual transmission: Press the clutchpedal to the floor and shift the trans-mission into neutral. Hold the clutchpedal to the floor until the engine isstarted. A starter safety device will pre-vent the starter from operating if theclutch pedal is not fully depressed.

Automatic transmission: Put the se-lector lever in “P”. If you need to re-start the engine while the vehicle ismoving, put the selector lever in “N”.A starter safety device will prevent thestarter from operating if the selectorlever is in any drive position.

4. Automatic transmission only: De-press the brake pedal and hold it tothe floor until driving off.

(b) Starting the engineBefore starting the engine, be sure to fol-low the instructions in “(a) Before crank-ing”.

Normal starting procedure

The multiport fuel injection system/sequen-tial multiport fuel injection system in yourengine automatically controls the properair–fuel mixture for starting. You can starta cold or hot engine as follows:

1. With your foot off the accelerator ped-al, crank the engine by turning the keyto “START”. Release it when the en-gine starts.

2. After the engine runs for about 10 se-conds, you are ready to drive.

If the weather is below freezing, let theengine warm up for a few minutes beforedriving.

If the engine stalls...

Simply restart it, using the correct proce-dure given in normal starting.

If the engine will not start...

See “If your vehicle will not start” in Sec-tion 4.

How to start the engine— (a) Before cranking

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1872001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

NOTICE

� Do not crank for more than 30 se-conds at a time. This may overheatthe starter and wiring systems.

� Do not race a cold engine.

� If the engine becomes difficult tostart or stalls frequently, have theengine checked immediately.

� Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.This will allow you much better control.

� Drive slowly onto curbs and, if pos-sible, at a right angle. Avoid drivingonto high, sharp–edged objects andother road hazards. Failure to do socan lead to severe tire damage result-ing in tire bursts.

� When parking on a hill, turn the frontwheels until they touch the curb sothat the vehicle will not roll. Apply theparking brake, and place the transmis-sion in “P” (automatic) or in first orreverse (manual). If necessary, blockthe wheels.

� Washing your vehicle or driving throughdeep water may get the brakes wet. Tosee whether they are wet, check thatthere is no traffic near you, and thenpress the pedal lightly. If you do notfeel a normal braking force, the brakesare probably wet. To dry them, drivethe vehicle cautiously while lightlypressing the brake pedal with the park-ing brake applied. If they still do notwork safely, pull to the side of the roadand call a Toyota dealer for assistance.

� Four–wheel drive models—Toyota rec-ommends not using four–wheel drive ondry hard–surfaced roads, because four–wheel driving will cause unnecessarynoise and wear, and poor fuel econo-my.

� Four–wheel drive models—In cold tem-peratures, noise may occur when driv-ing in two–wheel drive before the trans-fer is warmed up. Therefore, first drivein four–wheel drive until the transfer iswarmed up.

Tips for driving in various conditions

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

188 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

� Before driving off, make sure thatthe parking brake is fully releasedand the parking brake reminderlight is off.

� Do not leave your vehicle unat-tended while the engine is running.

� Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving. It can causedangerous overheating, needlesswear, and poor fuel economy.

� To drive down a long or steep hill,reduce your speed and downshift.Remember, if you ride the brakesexcessively, they may overheat andnot work properly.

� Be careful when accelerating, up-shifting, downshifting or braking ona slippery surface. Sudden accelera-tion or engine braking could causethe vehicle to spin or skid.

� Do not drive in excess of the speedlimit. Even if the legal speed limitpermits it, do not drive over 140km/h (85 mph) unless your vehiclehas high–speed capability tires.Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) mayresult in tire failure, loss of controland possible injury. Be sure to con-sult a tire dealer to determinewhether the tires on your vehicleare high–speed capability tires ornot before driving at such speeds.

� Do not continue normal drivingwhen the brakes are wet. If they arewet, your vehicle will require alonger stopping distance, and itmay pull to one side when thebrakes are applied. Also, the park-ing brake will not hold the vehiclesecurely.

Off–road driving precautionsWhen driving your vehicle off–road, pleaseobserve the following precautions to en-sure your driving enjoyment and to helpprevent the closure of areas to off–roadvehicles.

a. Drive your vehicle only in areas whereoff–road vehicles are permitted to trav-el.

b. Respect private property. Get owner’spermission before entering private prop-erty.

c. Do not enter areas that are closed.Honor gates, barriers and signs that re-strict travel.

d. Stay on established roads. When condi-tions are wet, driving techniques shouldbe changed or travel delayed to pre-vent damage to roads.

For owners in U.S. mainland, Hawaii andPuerto Rico:

To obtain additional information pertainingto driving your vehicle off–road, consultthe following organizations.

� State and Local Parks and RecreationDepartments

� State Motor Vehicle Bureau

� Recreational Vehicle Clubs

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1892001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

� U.S. Forest Service and Bureau ofLand Management

CAUTION

Always observe the following precau-tions to minimize the risk of seriouspersonal injury or damage to your ve-hicle:

� Drive carefully when off the road.Do not take unnecessary risks bydriving in dangerous places.

� Do not grip the steering wheelspokes when driving off–road. Abad bump could jerk the wheel andinjure your hands. Keep both handsand especially your thumbs on theoutside of the rim.

� Always check your brakes for effec-tiveness immediately after driving insand, mud, water or snow.

� After driving through tall grass,mud, rock, sand, rivers, etc., checkthat there is no grass, bush, paper,rags, stone, sand, etc. adhering ortrapped on the underbody. Clear offany such matter from the under-body. If the vehicle is used withthese materials trapped or adheringto the underbody, a breakdown orfire could occur.

� In a rollover crash, an unbelted per-son is significantly more likely todie than a person wearing a seatbelt. Therefore, the driver and allpassengers should fasten their seatbelts whenever the vehicle is mov-ing.

� When driving off–road or in ruggedterrain, do not drive at excessivespeeds, jump, make sharp turns,strike objects, etc. This may causeloss of control or vehicle rollovercausing death or serious injury. Youare also risking expensive damageto your vehicle’s suspension andchassis.

NOTICE

� If driving through water, such aswhen crossing shallow streams,first check the depth of the waterand the bottom of the river bed forfirmness. Drive slowly and avoiddeep water.

� Take all necessary safety measuresto ensure that water damage to theengine or other components doesnot occur.

Water entering the engine air intakewill cause severe engine damage.

Water can wash the grease fromwheel bearings, causing rusting andpremature failure, and may also en-ter the differentials, transmissionand transfer case, reducing the gearoil’s lubricating qualities.

� Sand and mud that has accumulatedin brake drums and around brakediscs may affect braking efficiencyand may damage brake system com-ponents.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

190 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

� Always perform a maintenance in-spection after each day of off–roaddriving that has taken you throughrough terrain, sand, mud, or water.For scheduled maintenance in-formation, refer to the “ScheduledMaintenance Guide” or “Owner’sManual Supplement”.

Winter driving tipsMake sure you have a proper freezeprotection of engine coolant.

Your coolant must contain ethylene–glycoltype coolant for a proper corrosionprotection of aluminum components. Use“TOYOTA Long Life Coolant” or equivalent.

See Section 7–2 for details about coolanttype selection.

NOTICE

Do not use alcohol type antifreeze orplain water alone.

When it is extremely cold, we recommendto use 60% solution for your Toyota, toprovide protection down to about –50�C(–58�F). Do not use more than 70% solu-tion for better coolant performance.

Check the condition of the battery andcables.

Cold temperatures reduce the capacity ofany battery, so it must be in top shapeto provide enough power for winter start-ing. Section 7–3 tells you how to visuallyinspect the battery. Your Toyota dealerand most service stations will be pleasedto check the level of charge.

Make sure the engine oil viscosity issuitable for the cold weather.

See Section 7–2 for recommended viscos-ity. Leaving a heavy summer oil in yourvehicle during winter months may causeharder starting. If you are not sure aboutwhich oil to use, call your Toyota deal-er—he will be pleased to help.

Keep the door locks from freezing.

Squirt lock de–icer or glycerine into thelocks to keep them from freezing. To opena frozen lock, try heating the key beforeinserting it.

Use a washer fluid containing an anti-freeze solution.

This product is available at your Toyotadealer and most auto parts stores. Followthe manufacturer’s directions for howmuch to mix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or anyother substitute because it may dam-age your vehicle’s paint.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1912001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Do not use your parking brake whenthere is a possibility it could freeze.

When parking, put the transmission into“P” (automatic) or into first or reverse(manual) and block the front wheels. Donot use the parking brake, or snow orwater accumulated in and around theparking brake mechanism may freeze,making it hard to release.

Keep ice and snow from accumulatingunder the fenders.

Ice and snow built up under your fenderscan make steering difficult. During badwinter driving, stop and check under thefenders occasionally.

Depending on where you are driving,we recommend you carry some emer-gency equipment.

Some of the things you might put in thevehicle are tire chains, window scraper,bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,jumper cables, etc.

Trailer towingYour vehicle is designed primarily as apassenger–and–load–carrying vehicle. Tow-ing a trailer will have an adverse effect onhandling, performance, braking, durabilityand driving economy (fuel consumption,etc.). Your safety and satisfaction dependon the proper use of correct equipmentand cautious driving habits. For your safe-ty and the safety of others, you must notoverload your vehicle or trailer. Ask yourlocal Toyota dealer for further details be-fore towing.

We recommend you use a weight distribut-ing hitch when towing to keep your ve-hicle level with the ground.

NOTICE

When towing a trailer, be sure to con-sult your Toyota dealer for further in-formation on additional requirementssuch as a towing kit, etc.

WEIGHT LIMITS

Before towing, make sure the total trail-er weight, gross combination weight,gross vehicle weight, gross axle weightand trailer tongue load are all withinthe limits.

The total trailer weight and tongue loadcan be measured with platform scalesfound at highway weighing stations, build-ing supply companies, trucking companies,junk yards, etc.

CAUTION

� The maximum gross trailer weight(trailer weight plus cargo weight)must never exceed the following.

Standard cab models for U. S. A.5VZ–FE engine

Manual transmission2381 kg (5250 lb.)

Automatic transmission2358 kg (5200 lb.)

2UZ–FE engine3265 kg (7200 lb.)

Access cab models for U. S. A.5VZ–FE engine

Two–wheel drive modelsManual transmission

2245 kg (4950 lb.)Automatic transmission

SR5 grade2222 kg (4900 lb.)

Limited grade2154 kg (4750 lb.)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

192 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Four–wheel drive modelsManual transmission




2UZ–FE engineTwo–wheel drive models

3265 kg (7200 lb.)Four–wheel drive models



Standard cab models for Canada5VZ–FE engine




2358 kg (5200 lb.)2UZ–FE engine

3265 kg (7200 lb.)

Access cab models for Canada5VZ–FE engine


Two–wheel drive modelsSR5 grade

3265 kg (7200 lb.)Limited grade




If towing a trailer and cargo weigh-ing over 907 kg (2000 lb.), it isnecessary to use a sway controldevice with sufficient capacity. Thecombination of the gross trailerweight added to the total weight ofthe vehicle, occupants and vehiclecargo must never exceed a total ofthe following.

5VZ–FE engineTwo–wheel drive models



5352 kg (11800 lb.)

Exceeding the maximum weight ofthe trailer, the vehicle, or the ve-hicle and trailer combination, cancause an accident resulting in seri-ous personal injuries.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1932001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Standard cab models

Access cab models

� Trailer hitch assemblies have differ-ent weight capacities established bythe hitch manufacturer. Even thoughthe vehicle may be physically capa-ble of towing a higher weight, theoperator must determine the maxi-mum weight rating of the particularhitch assembly and never exceedthe maximum weight rating speci-fied for the trailer–hitch. Exceedingthe maximum weight rating set bythe trailer hitch manufacturer cancause an accident resulting in seri-ous personal injuries.

� The gross vehicle weight must notexceed the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) indicated on theCertification Label. The gross ve-hicle weight is the sum of weightsof the unloaded vehicle, driver, pas-sengers, luggage, hitch and trailertongue load. It also includes theweight of any special equipmentinstalled on your vehicle.

� The load on either the front or rearaxle resulting from distribution ofthe gross vehicle weight on bothaxles must not exceed the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) listedon the Certification Label.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

194 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Total trailer weight Tongue load

Tongue load

Total trailer weight� 100 = 15% (∗1) or

9 to 11% (∗2)

� The trailer cargo load should bedistributed so that the tongue loadis 15% for weight distributing hitch(∗1) or 9 to 11% for weight carryinghitch ( ∗2) of the total trailer weight,not exceeding the maximum load ofthe following.

Weight distributing hitch























489 kg (1080 lb.)Access cab models for Canada

5VZ–FE engine336 kg (742 lb.)




Four–wheel drive modelsSR5 grade


476 kg (1050 lb.)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1952001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Weight carrying hitch























326 kg (720 lb.)

Access cab models for Canada5VZ–FE engine


Two–wheel drive modelsSR5 grade





However, if towing with a fifthwheel trailer, the cargo load mustbe distributed so that the tongueload is 19 to 21% of the total trailerweight. Never load the trailer withmore weight in the back than in thefront. About 60% of the trailer loadshould be in the front half of thetrailer and the remaining 40% in therear.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

196 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

HITCHES

� If you wish to install a trailer hitch, youshould consult with your Toyota dealer.

� Use only a hitch recommended by thehitch manufacturer and the one whichconforms to the total trailer weightrequirement.

� The hitch must be bolted securely tothe vehicle frame and installed accord-ing to the hitch manufacturer’s instruc-tions.

� The hitch ball and king pin should havea light coat of grease.

� Toyota recommends removing the trail-er hitch whenever you are not towinga trailer to reduce the possibility ofadditional damage caused by the hitchif your vehicle is struck from behind.After removing the hitch, seal anymounting holes in the vehicle body toprevent entry of pollutants such as ex-haust fumes, dirt, water, etc.

NOTICE

Do not use axle–mounted hitches asthey can cause damage to the axlehousing, wheel bearings, wheels ortires. Also, never install a hitch whichmay interfere with the normal functionof an Energy Absorbing Bumper, if soequipped.

1 Trailer ball load rating2 Ball diameter3 Shank length 4 Shank diameter

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1972001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

TRAILER BALL

Follow these easy steps to properly deter-mine the correct trailer ball for your ap-plication:

1. Determine the correct trailer ball sizefor the trailer coupler. Most couplersare stamped with the required trailerball size. The sizes you will most likelyfind stamped on the coupler are:

Trailer class Typical trailer ball size

III and IV 2—5/16 in.

II 2 in.

I 1—7/8 in.

2. Select the appropriate trailer ball tomatch or exceed the gross trailerweight rating of the trailer. The trailerball load rating should be printed onthe top of the ball.

3. When mounted in the ball mount, thethreaded ball shank must protrude be-yond the bottom of the lock washerand nut at least 2 threads. The trailerball shank must be matched to the ballmount hole diameter size.

BUMPER TOWING

The rear bumper of your vehicle isequipped with a hole to install a trailerball. The maximum gross trailer weight is2268 kg (5000 lb.).

CAUTION

The maximum gross trailer weight(trailer weight plus cargo weight)when towing with the bumper mustnever exceed 2268 kg (5000 lb.).

FIFTH WHEEL TRAILER

NOTICE

When towing a fifth wheel trailer, becareful not to hit the cabin or deckby the trailer while making a sharpturn.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

198 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

1 Coupler 2 Trailer ball

MATCHING TRAILER BALL HEIGHT TOTRAILER COUPLER HEIGHT

No matter which class of tow hitch ap-plies, for a safe trailer hookup, the trailerball setup on must be the proper heightfor the coupler on the trailer.

BRAKES AND SAFETY CHAINS

� Toyota recommends trailers with brakesthat conform to any applicable federaland state/provincial regulations.

� A safety chain must always be usedbetween the towing vehicle and thetrailer. Leave sufficient slack in thechain for turns. The chain should crossunder the trailer tongue to prevent thetongue from dropping to the ground incase it becomes damaged or sepa-rated. For correct safety chain proce-dures, follow the hitch or trailermanufacturer’s recommendations.

CAUTION

� If the total trailer weight exceeds453 kg (1000 lb.), trailer brakes arerequired.

� Never tap into your vehicle’s hy-draulic system as it would lower itsbraking effectiveness.

� Never tow a trailer without using asafety chain securely attached toboth the trailer and the vehicle. Ifdamage occurs to the coupling unitor hitch ball, there is danger of thetrailer wandering over into anotherlane.

TIRES

� Ensure that your vehicle’s tires areproperly inflated. See Section 7–2 forinstructions.

� The trailer tires should be inflated tothe pressure recommended by the trail-er manufacturer in respect to the totaltrailer weight.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

1992001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

TRAILER LIGHTS

� Your vehicle is equipped with a wireharness stored in the rear end underbody. Some models are fitted with asocket for trailer lights under the rearbumper. Use either of them to connectand operate the trailer lights. However,the trailer lights must comply with fed-eral, state/provincial and local regula-tions. See your local recreational ve-hicle dealer or rental agency for thecorrect type of wiring and relays foryour trailer. Check for correct operationof the turn signals and stop lights eachtime you hitch up. Direct splicing maydamage your vehicle’s electrical systemand cause a malfunction of your lights.

BREAK–IN SCHEDULE

� Toyota recommends that you do nottow a trailer with a new vehicle or avehicle with any new power train com-ponent (engine, transmission, differen-tial, wheel bearings, etc.) for the first800 km (500 miles) of driving.

MAINTENANCE

� If you tow a trailer, your vehicle willrequire more frequent maintenance dueto the additional load. For this informa-tion, please refer to the scheduledmaintenance information in the “Sched-uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’sManual Supplement”.

� Retighten all fixing bolts of the towingball and bracket after approximately1000 km (600 miles) of trailer driving.

PRE–TOWING SAFETY CHECK

� Check that your vehicle remains levelwhen a loaded or unloaded trailer ishitched. Do not drive if the vehicle hasan abnormal nose–up or nose–downcondition, and check for impropertongue load, overload, worn suspensionor other possible causes.

� Make sure the trailer cargo is securelyloaded so that it cannot shift.

� Check that your rear view mirrors con-form to any applicable federal, state/provincial or local regulations. If not,install the rear view mirrors requiredfor towing purposes.

TRAILER TOWING TIPS

When towing a trailer, your vehicle willhandle differently than when not tow-ing. The three main causes of vehicle–trailer accidents are driver error, exces-sive speed and improper trailer loading.Keep these in mind when towing:

� Before starting out, check operation ofthe lights and all vehicle–trailer connec-tions. After driving a short distance,stop and recheck the lights and con-nections. Before actually towing a trail-er, practice turning, stopping and back-ing with a trailer in an area away fromtraffic until you learn the feel.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

200 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

� Backing with a trailer is difficult andrequires practice. Grip the bottom ofthe steering wheel and move your handto the left to move the trailer to theleft. Move your hand to the right tomove the trailer to the right. (This pro-cedure is generally opposite to thatwhen backing without a trailer). Also,just turn the steering wheel a little ata time, avoiding sharp or prolongedturning. Have someone guide you whenbacking to reduce the risk of an acci-dent.

� Because stopping distance may be in-creased, vehicle–to–vehicle distanceshould be increased when towing atrailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) ofspeed, allow at least one vehicle andtrailer length between you and the ve-hicle ahead. Avoid sudden braking asyou may skid, resulting in jackknifingand loss of control. This is especiallytrue on wet or slippery surfaces.

� Avoid jerky starts or sudden accelera-tion. If your vehicle has a manualtransmission, prevent excessive clutchslippage by keeping engine rpm lowand not racing the engine. Always startout in first gear.

� Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns.The trailer could hit your vehicle in atight turn. Slow down before making aturn to avoid the necessity of suddenbraking.

� Remember that when making a turn,the trailer wheels will be closer thanthe vehicle wheels to the inside of theturn. Therefore, compensate for this bymaking a larger than normal turningradius with your vehicle.

� Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect handling of your vehicleand trailer, causing sway. Pay attentionto the rear from time to time to pre-pare yourself for being passed by largetrucks or buses, which may cause yourvehicle and trailer to sway. If swayinghappens, firmly grip the steering wheeland reduce speed immediately butgradually. Never increase speed. Steerstraight ahead. If you make no extremecorrection with the steering or brakes,the vehicle and trailer will stabilize.

� Be careful when passing other ve-hicles. Passing requires considerabledistance. After passing a vehicle, donot forget the length of your trailer andbe sure you have plenty of room be-fore changing lanes.

� In order to maintain engine braking effi-ciency, do not use fifth gear (manualtransmission) or overdrive (automatictransmission).

� Because of the added load of the trail-er, your vehicle’s engine may overheaton hot days (at temperatures over30�C [85�F]) when going up a long orsteep grade with a trailer. If the enginecoolant temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, immediately turn off the airconditioning (if in use), pull off the roadand stop in a safe spot. Refer to “Ifyour vehicle overheats” in Section 4.

� Always place wheel blocks under boththe vehicle and trailer wheels whenparking. Apply the parking brake firmly.Put the transmission in “P” (automatic)or in first or reverse (manual). Avoidparking on a slope with a trailer, butif it cannot be avoided, do so onlyafter performing the following:

1. Apply the brakes and hold.

2. Have someone place wheel blocks un-der both the vehicle and trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel blocks are in place,release your brakes slowly until theblocks absorb the load.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2012001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

4. Apply the parking brake firmly.

5. Shift into first or reverse (manual) or“P” (automatic) and turn off the engine.

When restarting out after parking on aslope:

1. With the transmission in “P” position(automatic) or the clutch pedal de-pressed (manual), start the engine.(With an automatic transmission, besure to keep the brake pedal de-pressed.)

2. Shift into gear.

3. Release the parking brake (also footbrake on automatic transmission ve-hicles) and slowly pull or back awayfrom the wheel blocks. Stop and applyyour brakes.

4. Have someone retrieve the blocks.

CAUTION

� Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) orthe posted towing speed limit,whichever is lower. Because insta-bility (swaying) of a towing vehicle–trailer combination usually in-creases as the speed increases, ex-ceeding 72 km/h (45 mph) maycause loss of control.

� Slow down and downshift beforedescending steep or long downhillgrades. Do not make sudden down-shifts.

� Avoid holding the brake pedal downtoo long or too frequently. Thiscould cause the brakes to overheatand result in reduced braking effi-ciency.

Getting more kilometers/mileage from aliter/gallon of fuel is easy—just take iteasy. It will help make your vehicle lastlonger, too. Here are some specific tipson how to save money on both fuel andrepairs:

� Keep your tires inflated at the cor-rect pressure. Underinflation causestire wear and wastes fuel. See Section7–2 for instructions.

� Do not carry unneeded weight inyour vehicle. Excess weight puts aheavier load on the engine, causinggreater fuel consumption.

� Avoid lengthy warm–up idling. Oncethe engine is running smoothly, begindriving—but gently. Remember, howev-er, that on cold winter days this maytake a little longer.

� Always keep the automatic transmis-sion overdrive switch turned on.Driving with the overdrive switch offwill reduce the fuel economy. (For de-tails, see “Automatic transmission” inSection 1–6.)

� Accelerate slowly and smoothly.Avoid jackrabbit starts. Get into highgear as quickly as possible.

How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer, too

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

202 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

� Avoid long engine idling. If you havea long wait and you are not in traffic,it is better to turn off the engine andstart again later.

� Avoid engine lugging or over–rev-ving. Use a gear position suitable forthe road on which you are travelling.

� Avoid continuous speeding up andslowing down. Stop–and–go drivingwastes fuel.

� Avoid unnecessary stopping andbraking. Maintain a steady pace. Tryto time the traffic signals so you onlyneed to stop as little as possible ortake advantage of through streets toavoid traffic lights. Keep a proper dis-tance from other vehicles to avoid sud-den braking. This will also reduce wearon your brakes.

� Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jamswhenever possible.

� Do not rest your foot on the clutchor brake pedal. This causes prematurewear, overheating and poor fuel econo-my.

� Maintain a moderate speed on high-ways. The faster you drive, the greaterthe fuel consumption. By reducing yourspeed, you will cut down on fuel con-sumption.

� Keep the front wheels in properalignment. Avoid hitting the curb andslow down on rough roads. Improperalignment not only causes faster tirewear but also puts an extra load onthe engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.

� Keep the bottom of your vehicle freefrom mud, etc. This not only lessensweight but also helps prevent corro-sion.

� Keep your vehicle tuned–up and intop shape. A dirty air cleaner,improper valve clearance, dirty plugs,dirty oil and grease, brakes notadjusted, etc. all lower engineperformance and contribute to poor fueleconomy. For longer life of all partsand lower operating costs, keep allmaintenance work on schedule, and ifyou often drive under severeconditions, see that your vehiclereceives more frequent maintenance.(For scheduled maintenance informa-tion, please refer to the “ScheduledMaintenance Guide” or “Owner’sManual Supplement”).

CAUTION

Never turn off the engine to coastdown hills. Your power steering andbrake booster will not function with-out the engine running. Also, theemission control system operatesproperly only when the engine is run-ning.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2032001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYIf your vehicle will not start 204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If your engine stalls while driving 207. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If your vehicle overheats 207. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If you have a flat tire 208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If your vehicle needs to be towed 217. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If you lose your keys 223. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 4

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

204 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Before making these checks, make sureyou have followed the correct starting pro-cedure given in “How to start the engine”in Section 3 and that you have sufficientfuel.

If the engine is not turning over or isturning over too slowly—

1. Check that the battery terminals aretight and clean.

2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switchon the interior light.

3. If the light is out, dim or goes outwhen the starter is cranked, the batteryis discharged. You may try jump start-ing. See “(c) Jump starting” for furtherinstructions.

If the light is O.K., but the engine still willnot start, it needs adjustment or repair.Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repairshop.

NOTICE

Do not pull– or push–start the ve-hicle. It may damage the vehicle orcause a collision when the enginestarts. Also the three–way catalyticconverter may overheat and become afire hazard.

If the engine turns over at its normalspeed but will not start—

1. The engine may be flooded because ofrepeated cranking. See “(b) Starting aflooded engine” for further instructions.

2. If the engine still will not start, it needsadjustment or repair. Call a Toyotadealer or qualified repair shop.

(b) Starting a flooded engineIf the engine will not start, your enginemay be flooded because of repeatedcranking.

If this happens, turn the key to “START”with the accelerator pedal held down.Keep the key and accelerator pedal inthese positions for 15 seconds and re-lease them. Then try starting the enginewith your foot off the accelerator pedal.

If the engine does not start after 15 se-conds of cranking, release the key, waita few minutes and try again.

If the engine still will not start, it needsadjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealeror qualified repair shop for assistance.

NOTICE

Do not crank for more than 30 se-conds at a time. This may overheatthe starter and wiring systems.

If your vehicle will not start—(a) Simple checks

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2052001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

(c) Jump startingTo avoid serious personal injury anddamage to your vehicle which might re-sult from battery explosion, acid burns,electrical burns, or damaged electroniccomponents, these instructions must befollowed precisely.

If you are unsure about how to follow thisprocedure, we strongly recommend thatyou seek the help of a competent me-chanic or towing service.

CAUTION

� Batteries contain sulfuric acidwhich is poisonous and corrosive.Wear protective safety glasses whenjump starting, and avoid spillingacid on your skin, clothing, or ve-hicle.

� If you should accidentally get acidon yourself or in your eyes, removeany contaminated clothing and flushthe affected area with water imme-diately. Then get immediate medicalattention. If possible, continue toapply water with a sponge or clothwhile en route to the medical office.

� The gas normally produced by abattery will explode if a flame orspark is brought near. Use onlystandardized jumper cables and donot smoke or light a match whilejump starting.

NOTICE

The battery used for boosting mustbe 12 V. Do not jump start unless youare sure that the booster battery iscorrect.

JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE

1. If the booster battery is installed inanother vehicle, make sure the vehiclesare not touching. Turn off all unneces-sary lights and accessories.

2. If required, remove all the vent plugsfrom the booster and discharged batter-ies. Lay a cloth over the open ventson the batteries. (This helps reduce theexplosion hazard, personal injuries andburns.)

3. If the engine in the vehicle with thebooster battery is not running, start itand let it run for a few minutes. Duringjump starting, run the engine at about2000 rpm with the accelerator pedallightly depressed.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

206 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Discharged battery

Boosterbattery

Positive terminal(“+” mark)

Jumpercable

Positiveterminal(“+” mark)

4. Make the cable connections in the or-der a, b, c, d.

a. Connect the clamp of the positive(red) jumper cable to the positive (+)terminal on the discharged battery.

b. Connect the clamp at the other endof the positive (red) jumper cable tothe positive (+) terminal on the boosterbattery.

Jumper cable

Negative terminal (“–” mark)

Boosterbattery

Discharged battery

c. Connect the clamp of the negative(black) jumper cable to the negative (–)terminal on the booster battery.

d. Connect the clamp at the other endof the negative (black) jumper cable toa solid, stationary, unpainted, metallicpoint of the vehicle with the dischargedbattery.

The recommended connecting pointsare shown in the following illustrations:

Connecting point for 5VZ–FE engine

Connecting point for 2UZ–FE engine

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2072001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Do not connect the cable to or nearany part that moves when the engineis cranked.

CAUTION

When making the connections, toavoid serious injury, do not lean overthe battery or accidentally let thejumper cables or clamps touch any-thing except the correct battery termi-nals or the ground.

5. Start your engine in the normal way.After starting, run it at about 2000 rpmfor several minutes with the acceleratorpedal lightly depressed.

6. Carefully disconnect the cables in theexact reverse order: the negative cableand then the positive cable.

7. Carefully dispose of the battery covercloths—they may now contain sulfuricacid.

8. If removed, replace all the battery ventplugs.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent (for example, lights left on),you should have it checked.

If your engine stalls while driving...

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keepinga straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Try starting the engine again.

If the engine will not start, see “If yourvehicle will not start”.

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow-er assist for the brakes and steeringwill not work, so steering and brakingwill be much harder than usual.

If your vehicle overheatsIf your engine coolant temperaturegauge indicates overheating, if you ex-perience a loss of power, or if you heara loud knocking or pinging noise, theengine has probably overheated. Youshould follow this procedure...

1. Pull safely off the road, stop the ve-hicle and turn on your emergencyflashers. Put the transmission in “P”(automatic) or neutral (manual) and ap-ply the parking brake. Turn off the airconditioning if it is being used.

2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of theradiator or reservoir, stop the engine.Wait until the steam subsides beforeopening the hood. If there is no coolantboiling over or steam, leave the enginerunning.

CAUTION

To help avoid personal injury, keepthe hood closed until there is nosteam. Escaping steam or coolant isa sign of very high pressure.

If your engine stalls while driving

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

208 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

3. Visually check to see if the enginedrive belt (fan belt) is broken or loose.Look for obvious coolant leaks from theradiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.However, note that water draining fromthe air conditioning is normal if it hasbeen used.

CAUTION

When the engine is running, keephands and clothing away from themoving fan and engine drive belts.

4. If the engine drive belt is broken or thecoolant is leaking, stop the engine im-mediately. Call a Toyota dealer for as-sistance.

5. If the engine drive belt is O.K. andthere are no obvious leaks, you mayhelp the engine cool down more quicklyby running it at about 1500 rpm for afew minutes with the accelerator pedallightly depressed.

6. Check the coolant reservoir. If it is dry,add coolant to the reservoir while theengine is running. Fill it about half full.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to remove the radiatorcap when the engine and radiator arehot. Serious injury could result fromscalding hot fluid and steam blownout under pressure.

7. After the engine coolant temperaturehas cooled to normal, again check thecoolant level in the reservoir. If neces-sary, bring it up to half full again. Seri-ous coolant loss indicates a leak in thesystem. You should have it checked assoon as possible at your Toyota dealer.

If you have a flat tire—1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place well away fromthe traffic. Avoid stopping on the centerdivider of a highway. Park on a levelspot with firm ground.

2. Stop the engine and turn on youremergency flashers.

3. Firmly set the parking brake and putthe transmission in “P” (automatic) orreverse (manual).

4. Have everyone get out of the vehicleon the side away from traffic.

5. Read the following instructions thor-oughly.

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observe thefollowing to reduce the possibility ofpersonal injury:

� Follow jacking instructions.

� Do not put any part of your bodyunder the vehicle supported by thejack. Personal injury may occur.

� Do not start or run the engine whileyour vehicle is supported by thejack.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2092001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

� Stop the vehicle on a level firmground, firmly set the parking brakeand put the transmission in “P”(automatic) or reverse (manual).Block the wheel diagonally oppositeto the one being changed if neces-sary.

� Make sure to set the jack properlyin the jack point. Raising the ve-hicle with jack improperly posi-tioned will damage the vehicle ormay allow the vehicle to fall off thejack and cause personal injury.

� Never get under the vehicle whenthe vehicle is supported by the jackalone.

� Use the jack only for lifting yourvehicle during wheel changing.

� Do not raise the vehicle with some-one in the vehicle.

� When raising the vehicle, do notput an object on or under the jack.

� Raise the vehicle only high enoughto remove and change the tire.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving with a de-flated tire. Driving even a short dis-tance can damage a tire and wheelbeyond repair.

1. Get the required tools and sparetire.

1 Jack handle2 Wheel nut wrench3 Jack

To prepare yourself for an emergency, youshould familiarize yourself with the use ofthe jack, each of the tools and their stor-age locations.

—Required tools and spare tire (standard cab models)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

210 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Turn the jack joint by hand.

To remove: Turn the joint in direction 1until the jack is free.To store: Turn the joint in direction 2 untilthe jack is firmly secured to prevent itflying forward during a collision or suddenbraking.

To remove the spare tire:

1. Insert the end of the jack handle intothe lowering screw and turn it counter-clockwise.

2. After the tire is lowered completely tothe ground, remove the holding brack-et.

When storing the spare tire, put it in placewith the outer side of the wheel facing up.Then secure the tire, taking care that thetire goes straight up without catching onany other part, to prevent it from flyingforward during a collision or sudden brak-ing.

1. Get the required tools and sparetire.

1 Tool bag2 Jack

To prepare yourself for an emergency, youshould familiarize yourself with the use ofthe jack, each of the tools and their stor-age locations.

—Required tools and spare tire(access cab models)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2112001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Turn the jack joint by hand.

To remove: Turn the joint in direction 1until the jack is free.To store: Turn the joint in direction 2 untilthe jack is firmly secured to prevent itflying forward during a collision or suddenbraking.

To remove the spare tire:

1. Put a jack handle, jack handle exten-sion and jack handle end together asshown in the illustration.

1 Jack handle end2 Jack handle extension3 Jack handle

2. Insert the end of the jack handle exten-sion into the lowering screw and turnit counterclockwise with the handle,making sure the handle remains firmlyfitted onto the jack handle extension.

3. After the tire is lowered completely tothe ground, remove the holding brack-et.

When storing the spare tire, put it in placewith the outer side of the wheel facing up.Then secure the tire, taking care that thetire goes straight up without catching onany other part, to prevent it from flyingforward during a collision or sudden brak-ing.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

212 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

—Blocking the wheel

2. Block the wheel diagonally oppositethe flat tire to keep the vehicle fromrolling when it is j acked up.

When blocking the wheel, place a wheelblock from the front for the front wheelsor from the rear for the rear wheels.

—Removing wheel ornament

Type A

Type B

Type C

3. Remove the wheel ornament.

Pry off the wheel ornament, using thebeveled end of the wheel nut wrench asshown.

Type B only—To protect the wheel sur-face, place sufficient paper or cloth be-tween the wheel and wrench.

CAUTION

Do not try to pull off the ornament byhand. Take due care in handling theornament to avoid unexpected person-al injury.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2132001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

—Loosening wheel nuts

4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.

Always loosen the wheel nuts before rais-ing the vehicle.

Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise toloosen. To get maximum leverage, fit thewrench to the nut so that the handle ison the right side, as shown above. Grabthe wrench near the end of the handleand pull up on the handle. Be careful thatthe wrench does not slip off the nut.

Do not remove the nuts yet—just unscrewthem about one–half turn.

—Positioning the jack

Front Rear

5. Position the jack at the correct jackpoint as shown.

Make sure the jack is positioned on alevel and solid place.

JACK POINTS:

Front—Under the frame side railRear—Under the rear axle housing

Access cab models—Put a jack handle,jack handle extension and jack handle endtogether as shown in the illustration.

1 Jack handle end2 Jack handle extension3 Jack handle

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

214 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

—Raising your vehicle

Standard cab models

Access cab models

6. After making sure that no one is inthe vehicle, raise it high enough sothat the spare tire can be installed.

Remember you will need more groundclearance when putting on the spare tirethan when removing the flat tire.

Standard cab models—To raise the ve-hicle, insert the jack handle into the jack(it is a loose fit) and turn it clockwise. Asthe jack touches the vehicle and beginsto lift, double–check that it is properlypositioned.

Access cab models—To raise the vehicle,insert the jack handle extension into thejack (it is a loose fit) and turn it clockwisewith the handle, making sure the handleremains firmly fitted onto the jack handleextension. As the jack touches the vehicleand begins to lift, double–check that it isproperly positioned.

CAUTION

Never get under the vehicle when thevehicle is supported by the jackalone.

—Changing wheels

7. Remove the wheel nuts and changetires.

Lift the flat tire straight off and put itaside.

Roll the spare wheel into position andalign the holes in the wheel with the bolts.Then lift up the wheel and get at least thetop bolt started through its hole. Wigglethe tire and press it back over the otherbolts.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2152001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Before putting on wheels, remove any cor-rosion on the mounting surfaces with awire brush or such. Installation of wheelswithout good metal–to–metal contact at themounting surface can cause wheel nuts toloosen and eventually cause a wheel tocome off while driving. Therefore after thefirst 1600 km (1000 miles), check to seethat the wheel nuts are tight.

—Reinstalling wheel nuts

8. Reinstall all the wheel nuts fingertight.

Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered end in-ward) and tighten them as much as youcan by hand. Press back on the tire backand see if you can tighten them more.

—Lowering your vehicle

9. Lower the vehicle completely andtighten the wheel nuts.

Standard cab models—Turn the jack han-dle counterclockwise to lower the vehicle.

Access cab models—Turn the jack handleextension counterclockwise with handle tolower the vehicle, making sure the handleremains firmly fitted onto the jack handleextension.

Use only the wheel nut wrench and turnit clockwise to tighten the nuts. Do notuse other tools or any additional leverageother than your hands, such as a hammer,pipe or your foot. Make sure the wrenchis securely engaged over the nut.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

216 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Tighten each nut a little at a time in theorder shown. Repeat the process until allthe nuts are tight.

CAUTION

When lowering the vehicle, make sureall portions of your body and all oth-er persons around will not be injuredas the vehicle is lowered to theground.

—Reinstalling wheel ornament

Type A

Type B

Type C

10. Reinstall the wheel ornament.

1. Put the wheel ornament in position.

Type A—Align the cutout of the wheelornament with the valve stem as shown.

2. Then firmly tap the outer edge of thewheel cap with the side or heel of yourhand to snap it into place.

CAUTION

Take due care in handling the orna-ment to avoid unexpected personalinjury.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2172001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

—After changing wheels11. Check the air pressure of the re-

placed tire.

Adjust the air pressure to the specificationdesignated in Section 8. If the pressure islower, drive slowly to the nearest servicestation and fill to the correct pressure.

Do not forget to reinstall the tire inflationvalve cap as dirt and moisture could getinto the valve core and possibly cause airleakage. If the cap is missing, have a newone put on as soon as possible.

12. Restow all the tools, jack and flattire securely.

As soon after changing wheels as pos-sible, tighten the wheel nuts to the torquespecified in Section 8 with a torquewrench. Have a technician repair the flattire.

CAUTION

Before driving, make sure all thetools, jack and flat tire are securelyin place in their storage location toreduce the possibility of personal in-jury during a collision or s uddenbraking.

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—

—From front

—From rear

(b) Using flat bed truck



(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—

—From front

—From rear


If your vehicle needs to be towed—

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

218 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

If towing is necessary, we recommendyou have it done by your Toyota dealeror a commercial tow truck service. Inconsultation with them, have your ve-hicle towed using either (a) or (b).

Only when you cannot receive a towingservice from a Toyota dealer or com-mercial tow truck service, tow your ve-hicle carefully in accordance with theinstructions given in “—Emergency tow-ing” in this section.

Proper equipment will help ensure thatyour vehicle is not damaged while beingtowed. Commercial operators are generallyaware of the state/provincial and locallaws pertaining to towing.

Your vehicle can be damaged if it istowed incorrectly. Although most operatorsknow the correct procedure, it is possibleto make a mistake. To avoid damage toyour vehicle, make sure the following pre-cautions are observed. If necessary, showthis page to the tow truck driver.

TOWING PRECAUTIONS:

Use a safety chain system for all towing,and abide by the state/provincial and locallaws. The wheels and axle on the groundmust be in good condition. If they aredamaged, use a towing dolly.

Two–wheel drive models—

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

From front—

� Manual transmission:

We recommend using a towing dolly underthe rear wheels. If you do not use a tow-ing dolly, release the parking brake andput the transmission in neutral.

� Automatic transmission:

Use a towing dolly under the rear wheels.

NOTICE

Never tow a vehicle with an automatictransmission from the front with therear wheels on the ground, as thismay cause serious damage to thetransmission.

From rear— Place the ignition key in the“ACC” position.

NOTICE

� When lifting wheels, take care toensure adequate ground clearancefor towing at the opposite end ofthe raised vehicle. Otherwise, thebumper and/or underbody of thetowed vehicle will be damaged dur-ing towing.

� Do not tow with the key removed orin the “LOCK” position, as thesteering lock mechanism is notstrong enough to hold the frontwheels straight while towing.


’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2192001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Four–wheel drive models—

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

From front—

� Manual transmission:

We recommend using a towing dolly underthe rear wheels. If you do not use a tow-ing dolly, release the parking brake, putthe transmission in neutral and set thetransfer in “H2” mode.

� Automatic transmission:

Use a towing dolly under the rear wheels.

NOTICE

Never tow a vehicle with an automatictransmission from the front with therear wheels on the ground, as thismay cause serious damage to thetransmission.

From rear— We recommend using a tow-ing dolly under the front wheels. If you donot use a towing dolly, place the ignitionkey in the “ACC” position, put the trans-mission in neutral and set the transfer in“H2” (lever type) or “2WD” (button type)mode.

NOTICE

Do not tow with the key removed orin the “LOCK” position when towingfrom the rear without a towing dolly.The steering lock mechanism is notstrong enough to hold the frontwheels straight.


(c) Towing with sling type truck

All models—

(c) Towing with sling type truck

NOTICE

Do not tow with sling type truck, ei-ther from the front or rear. This maycause body damage.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

220 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tempo-rarily towed by a cable or chain se-cured to one of the emergency towingeyelets under the front of the vehicle.Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle.

NOTICE

Only use specified towing eyelet;otherwise your vehicle may be dam-aged.

A driver must be in the vehicle to steerit and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard–surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, drive train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.

CAUTION

Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. Avoid sudden starts or errat-ic driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on the emer-gency towing eyelet and towing cableor chain. The eyelet and towing cableor chain may break and cause seriousinjury or damage.

NOTICE

Use only a cable or chain specificallyintended for use in towing vehicles.Securely fasten the cable or chain tothe towing eyelet provided.

Before towing, release the parking brakeand put the transmission in neutral (manu-al) or “N” (automatic). The key must bein “ACC” (engine off) or “ON” (engine run-ning).

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow-er assist for the brakes and steeringwill not work so steering and brakingwill be much harder than usual.

—Emergency towing(two–wheel drive models without off–road p ackage)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2212001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tempo-rarily towed by a cable or chain se-cured to the emergency towing hookunder the front of the vehicle. Use ex-treme caution when towing the vehicle.

NOTICE

Only use specified towing hook;otherwise your vehicle may be dam-aged.

A driver must be in the vehicle to steerit and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard–surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, drive train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.

CAUTION

Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. Avoid sudden starts or errat-ic driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on the emer-gency towing hook and towing cableor chain. The hook and towing cableor chain may break and cause seriousinjury or damage.

NOTICE

Use only a cable or chain specificallyintended for use in towing vehicles.Securely fasten the cable or chain tothe towing hook provided.

Before towing, release the parking brake,put the transmission in neutral (manual) or“N” (automatic) and set the transfer in“H2” (lever type) or “2WD” (button type)mode. The key must be in “ACC” (engineoff) or “ON” (engine running).

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow-er assist for the brakes and steeringwill not work so steering and brakingwill be much harder than usual.

—Emergency towing (four–wheeldrive models and two–wheel drivemodels with off–road package)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

222 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

� Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged andthat the installation bolts are not loose.

� Fasten the towing cable or chain se-curely to the hook.

� Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

� To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a verticalangle. Always pull straight ahead.

CAUTION

If the emergency towing hook is usedto get out when your vehicle becomesstuck in the mud, sand or othercondition from which the vehicle can-not be driven out under its own pow-er, make sure to observe the precau-tions mentioned below. Otherwise, ex-cessive stress will be put on thehook and the towing cable or chainmay break, causing serious injury ordamage.

� If the towing vehicle can hardlymove, do not forcibly continue thetowing. Contact your Toyota dealeror a commercial tow truck servicefor assistance.

� Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

� Keep away from the vehicle duringtowing.

The following methods are effective touse when your vehicle is stuck in themud, sand or other condition fromwhich the vehicle cannot be driven outunder its own power. Use extreme cau-tion when towing the vehicle. In addi-tion, keep away from the vehicles andtowing cable or chain when towing.

� Remove the sand and soil in the frontand the back of the tires.

� Place stones or wood under the tires.

—Emergency towing hook precautions

—Tips for towing a stuck vehicle

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2232001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

If you lose your keysYou can purchase a new key at yourToyota dealer if you can give them thekey number.

See the suggestion given in “Keys” inSection 1–2.

If your keys are locked in the vehicle andyou cannot get a duplicate, many Toyotadealers can still open the door for you,using their special tools. If you mustbreak a window to get in, we suggestbreaking the smallest side window be-cause it is the least expensive to replace.Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts fromthe glass.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

224 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2252001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CAREProtecting your Toyota from corrosion 226. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Washing and waxing your Toyota 227. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cleaning the interior 228. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 5

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

226 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Toyota, through its diligent research, de-sign and use of the most advancedtechnology available, has done its part tohelp prevent corrosion and has providedyou with the finest quality vehicleconstruction. Now, it is up to you. Propercare of your Toyota can help ensure long–term corrosion prevention.

The most common causes of corrosionto your vehicle are:

� The accumulation of road salt, dirt andmoisture in hard–to–reach areas underthe vehicle.

� Chipping of paint, or undercoatingcaused by minor accidents or bystones and gravel.

Care is especially important if you livein particular areas or operate your ve-hicle under certain environmental condi-tions:

� Road salt or dust control chemicals willaccelerate corrosion, as will the pres-ence of salt in the air near the sea–coast or in areas of industrial pollution.

� High humidity accelerates corrosion es-pecially when temperatures range justabove the freezing point.

� Wetness or dampness to certain partsof your vehicle for an extended periodof time, may cause corrosion eventhough other parts of the vehicle maybe dry.

� High ambient temperatures can causecorrosion to those components of thevehicle which are prevented fromquick–drying due to lack of proper ven-tilation.

The above signifies the necessity to keepyour vehicle, particularly the underside, asclean as possible and to repair any dam-age to paint or protective coatings assoon as possible.

To help prevent corrosion on yourToyota, follow these guidelines:

Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, ofcourse, necessary to keep your vehicleclean by regular washing, but to preventcorrosion, the following points should beobserved:

� If you drive on salted roads in thewinter or if you live near the ocean,you should hose off the undercarriageat least once a month to minimize cor-rosion.

� High pressure water or steam is effec-tive for cleaning the vehicle’s undersideand wheel housings. Pay particularattention to these areas as it is difficultto see all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to simply wet themud and debris without removing them.The lower edge of doors, rocker panelsand frame members have drain holeswhich should not be allowed to clogwith dirt as trapped water in theseareas can cause corrosion.

� Wash the underside of the vehicle thor-oughly when winter is over.

See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” formore tips.

Check the condition of your vehicle’spaint and trim. If you find any chips orscratches in the paint, touch them up im-mediately to prevent corrosion from start-ing. If the chips or scratches have gonethrough the bare metal, have a qualifiedbody shop make the repair.

Protecting your Toyota from corrosion

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2272001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Check the interior of your vehicle. Wa-ter and dirt can accumulate under thefloor mats and could cause corrosion. Oc-casionally check under the mats to makesure the area is dry. Be particularly care-ful when transporting chemicals, cleans-ers, fertilizers, salt, etc.; these should betransported in proper containers. If a spillor leak should occur, immediately cleanand dry the area.

Use mud shields on your wheels. If youdrive on salted or gravel roads, mudshields help protect your vehicle. Full–sizeshields, which come as near to the groundas possible, are the best. We recommendthat the fittings and the area where theshields are installed be treated to resistcorrosion. Your Toyota dealer will behappy to assist in supplying and installingthe shields if they are recommended foryour area.

Keep your vehicle in a well ventilatedgarage or a roofed place. Do not parkyour vehicle in a damp, poorly venti-lated garage. If you wash your vehicle inthe garage, or if you drive it in coveredwith water or snow, your garage may beso damp it will cause corrosion. Even ifyour garage is heated, a wet vehicle cancorrode if the ventilation is poor.

Washing your Toyota

Keep your vehicle clean by regularwashing.

The following cases may cause weaknessto the paint or corrosion to the body andparts. Wash your vehicle as soon as pos-sible.

� When driving in a coastal area

� When driving on a road sprinkled withantifreeze

� When having coal tar, tree sap, birddroppings and carcass of an insect

� When driving in the areas where thereis a lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dustand chemical substance

� When the vehicle becomes remarkablydirty with dust and mud

Hand–washing your Toyota

Work in the shade and wait until thevehicle body is not hot to the touch.

CAUTION

When cleaning under floor or chassis,be careful not to injure your hands.

1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Re-move any mud or road salt from theunderside of the vehicle or in thewheel wells.

2. Wash with a mild car–wash soap,mixed according to the manufacturer’sinstructions. Use a soft cotton mitt andkeep it wet by dipping it frequently intothe wash water. Do not rub hard—letthe soap and water remove the dirt.

Plastic wheel ornaments: The plasticwheel ornaments are damaged easily byorganic substances. If any organic sub-stances splashes an ornament, be sure towash it off with water and check if theornament is damaged.

CAUTION

Do not attach the heavily damagedplastic wheel ornament. It may fly offthe wheel and cause accidents whilethe vehicle is moving.

Washing and waxing your Toyota

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

228 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soapor neutral detergent.

Plastic bumpers: Wash carefully. Do notscrub with abrasive cleaners. The bumperfaces are soft.

Road tar: Remove with turpentine orcleaners that are marked safe for paintedsurfaces.

NOTICE

Do not use organic substances (gaso-line, kerosene, benzine or strong sol-vents), which may be toxic or causedamage.

3. Rinse thoroughly—dried soap cancause streaking. In hot weather youmay need to rinse each section rightafter you wash it.

4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicleusing a clean soft cotton towel. Do notrub or press hard—you might scratchthe paint.

Waxing your Toyota

Polishing and waxing is recommendedto maintain the original beauty of yourToyota’s finish.

Once a month or if the vehicle surfacedoes not repel water well, apply wax.

1. Always wash and dry the vehicle be-fore you begin waxing, even if you areusing a combined cleaner and wax.

2. Use a good quality polish and wax. Ifthe finish has become extremely weath-ered, use a car–cleaning polish, fol-lowed by a separate wax. Carefully fol-low the manufacturer’s instructions andprecautions. Be sure to polish and waxthe chrome trim as well as the paint.

3. Wax the vehicle again when waterdoes not bead but remains on the sur-face in large patches.

NOTICE

Always remove the plastic bumpers ifyour vehicle is re–painted and placedin a high heat paint waxing booth.High temperatures could damage thebumpers.

Cleaning the interior

CAUTION

Do not wash the vehicle floor withwater, or allow water to get onto thefloor when cleaning the vehicle interi-or or exterior. Water may get intoaudio components or other electricalcomponents above or under the floorcarpet (or mat) and cause a malfunc-tion; and it may cause body corro-sion.

Vinyl interior

The vinyl upholstery may be easilycleaned with a mild soap or detergentand water.

First vacuum over the upholstery to re-move loose dirt. Then, using a sponge orsoft cloth, apply the soap solution to thevinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a fewminutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirtand wipe off the soap with a clean dampcloth. If all the dirt do not come off, re-peat the procedure. Commercial foaming–type vinyl cleaners are also availablewhich work well. Follow the manufacturer’sinstructions.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2292001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

NOTICE

Do not use solvent, thinner, gasolineor window cleaner on the interior.

Carpets

Use a good foam–type shampoo toclean the carpets.

Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to removeas much dirt as possible. Several types offoam cleaners are available; some are inaerosol cans and others are powders orliquids which you mix with water to pro-duce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.Rub in overlapping circles.

Do not apply water—the best results areobtained by keeping the carpet as dry aspossible. Read the shampoo instructionsand follow them closely.

Seat belts

The seat belts may be cleaned withmild soap and water or with lukewarmwater.

Use a cloth or sponge. As you are clean-ing, check the belts for excessive wear,fraying, or cuts.

NOTICE

� Do not use dye or bleach on thebelts—it may weaken them.

� Do not use the belts until they be-come dry.

Windows

The windows may be cleaned with anyhousehold window cleaner.

Air conditioning control panel, car au-dio, instrument panel, console panel,and switches

Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.

Soak a clean soft cloth in water or luke-warm water then lightly wipe off dirt.

NOTICE

� Do not use organic substances (sol-vents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline,etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.These chemicals can cause discol-oring, staining or peeling of thesurface.

� If you use cleaners or polishingagents, make sure their ingredientsdo not include the substances men-tioned above.

� If you use a liquid car freshener, donot spill the liquid onto the ve-hicle’s interior surfaces. It may con-tain the ingredients mentionedabove. Immediately clean any spillusing the method mentioned above.

Leather Interior

The leather upholstery may be cleanedwith neutral detergent for wool.

Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampenedwith 5% solution of neutral detergent forwool. Then thoroughly wipe off all tracesof detergent with a clean damp cloth.

After cleaning or whenever any part of theleather gets wet, dry with a soft cleancloth. Allow the leather to dry in a venti-lated shaded area.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

230 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

NOTICE

� If a stain should fail to come outwith a neutral detergent, apply acleaner that does not contain anorganic solvent.

� Never use organic substances suchas benzine, alcohol or gasoline oralkaline or acid solutions for clean-ing the leather as these couldcause discoloring.

� Use of a nylon brush or syntheticfiber cloth, etc. may scratch thefine grained surface of the leather.

� Mildew may develop on soiled leath-er upholstery. Be especially carefulto avoid oil spots. Try to keep yourupholstery always clean.

� Long exposure to direct sunlightmay cause the leather surface toharden and shrink. Keep your ve-hicle in a shaded area, especially inthe summer.

� The interior of your vehicle is aptto heat up on hot summer days, soavoid placing on the upholsteryitems made of vinyl or plastic orcontaining wax as these tend tostick to leather when warm.

� Improper cleaning of the leather up-holstery could result in discolor-ation or staining.

If you have any questions about thecleaning of your Toyota, your localToyota dealer will be pleased to answerthem.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2312001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CAREMaintenance requirements 232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General maintenance 233. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Does your vehicle need repairing? 235. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the “Scheduled Mainte-nance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

SECTION 6

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

232 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Maintenance requirementsYour Toyota vehicle has been designed forfewer maintenance requirements with long-er service intervals to save both your timeand money. However, each regular mainte-nance, as well as day–to–day care, ismore important than ever before to ensuresmooth, trouble–free, safe, and economicaldrivings.

It is the owner’s responsibility to makesure the specified maintenance, includinggeneral maintenance service, is performed.Note that both the new vehicle and emis-sion control system warranties specify thatproper maintenance and care must be per-formed. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment” for complete warranty information.

General maintenance

General maintenance items are those day–to–day care practices that are important toyour vehicle for proper operation. It is theowner’s responsibility to ensure that thegeneral maintenance items are performedregularly.

These checks or inspections can be doneeither by yourself or a qualified technician,or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will bepleased to do them at a nominal cost.

Scheduled maintenance

The scheduled maintenance items listed inthe “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement” are thoserequired to be serviced at regular inter-vals.

For details of your maintenance schedule,read the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide”or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

It is recommended that any replacementparts used for maintenance or for therepair of the emission control systembe Toyota supplied.

The owner may elect to use non–Toyotasupplied parts for replacement pur-poses without invalidating the emissioncontrol system warranty. However, useof replacement parts which are not ofequivalent quality may impair the effec-tiveness of the emission control sys-tems.

You may also elect to have mainte-nance, replacement, or repair of theemission control devices and systemperformed by any automotive repair es-tablishment or individual without invali-dating this warranty. See “Owner’s War-ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’sManual Supplement” for complete war-ranty information.

Where to go for service?

Toyota technicians are well–trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through technicalbulletins, service tips, and in–dealershiptraining programs. They learn to work onToyotas before they work on your vehicle,rather than while they are working on it.

You can be confident that your Toyotadealer’s service department performs thebest job to meet the maintenance require-ments on your vehicle—reliably and eco-nomically.

Your copy of the repair order is proof thatall required maintenance has been per-formed for warranty coverage. And if anyproblems should arise with your vehiclewhile under warranty, your Toyota dealerwill promptly take care of it. Again, besure to keep a copy of the repair orderfor any service performed on your Toyota.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2332001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

What about do–it–yourself maintenance?

Many of the maintenance items are easyto do yourself if you have a little mechani-cal ability and a few basic automotivetools. Simple instructions for how to per-form them are presented in Section 7.

If you are a skilled do–it–yourself mechan-ic, the Toyota service manuals are recom-mended. Please be aware that do–it–your-self maintenance can affect your warrantycoverage. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment” for the details.

General maintenanceListed below are the general maintenanceitems that should be performed as fre-quently as specified. In addition to check-ing the items listed, if you notice anyunusual noise, smell or vibration, youshould investigate the cause or take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer or a quali-fied service shop immediately. It is recom-mended that any problem you notice bebrought to the attention of your dealer orthe qualified service shop for their advice.

CAUTION

Make these checks only where ade-quate ventilation can be obtained ifyou run the engine.

OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be performedfrom time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Tire pressure

Check the pressure with a gauge everytwo weeks, or at least once a month. SeeSection 7–2 for additional information.

Tire surface and wheel nuts

Check the tires carefully for cuts, damageor excessive wear. See Section 7–2 foradditional information. When checking thetires, make sure no nuts are missing, andcheck the nuts for looseness. Tightenthem if necessary.

Tire rotation

Rotate the tires according to the mainte-nance schedule. (For scheduled mainte-nance information, please refer to the“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Own-er’s Manual Supplement”.). See Section7–2 for additional information.

Fluid leaks

Check underneath for leaking fuel, oil, wa-ter or other fluid after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. If you smell fuelfumes or notice any leak, have the causefound and corrected immediately.

Doors and engine hood

Check that all doors including tailgate op-erate smoothly and all latches lock se-curely. Make sure the engine hood sec-ondary latch secures the hood fromopening when the primary latch is re-leased.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

234 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

INSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be checkedregularly, e.g. while performing periodicservices, cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Lights

Make sure the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lightsare all working. Check headlight aim.

Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzers

Check that all service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers function properly.

Steering wheel

Be alert for changes in steering condition,such as hard steering or strange noise.

Seats

Check that all seat controls such as seatadjusters, seatback recliner, etc. operatesmoothly and that all latches lock securelyin any position. Check that the head re-straints move up and down smoothly andthat the locks hold securely in any latchedposition. For folding–down seatback(bench seat), check that the latches locksecurely.

Seat belts

Check that the seat belt system such asbuckles, retractors and anchors operateproperly and smoothly. Make sure the beltwebbing is not cut, frayed, worn or dam-aged.

Accelerator pedal

Check the pedal for smooth operation anduneven pedal effort or catching.

Clutch pedal

Check the pedal for smooth operation.

Brake pedal

Check the pedal for smooth operation andthat the pedal has the proper clearance.Check the brake booster function.

Brakes

At a safe place, check that the brakes donot pull to one side when applied.

Parking brake (pedal type)

Check that the pedal has the proper traveland that, on a safe incline, your vehicleis held securely with only the parkingbrake applied.

Parking brake (lever type)

Check that the lever has the proper traveland that, on a safe incline, your vehicleis held securely with only the parkingbrake applied.

Automatic transmission “Park” mecha-nism

On a safe incline, check that your vehicleis held securely with the selector lever in“P” position and all brakes released.

IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Items listed below should be checkedfrom time to time, e.g. each time whenrefueling.

Washer fluid

Make sure there is sufficient fluid in thetank. See Section 7–3 for additional in-formation.

Engine coolant level

Make sure the coolant level is betweenthe “F” and “L” lines on the see–throughreservoir when the engine is cold. SeeSection 7–2 for additional information.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2352001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Battery electrolyte level

Your Toyota has a maintenance free bat-tery. You do not have to add distilled wa-ter. For longer life of the battery, however,see Section 7–3 for additional information.

Brake fluid level

Make sure the brake fluid level is correct.See Section 7–2 for additional information.

Engine oil level

Check the level on the dipstick with theengine turned off and the vehicle parkedon a level spot. See Section 7–2 for addi-tional information.

Power steering fluid level (5VZ–FE en-gine)

Check the level on the dipstick. The levelshould be in the “HOT” or “COLD” rangedepending on the fluid temperature. SeeSection 7–2 for additional information.

Power steering fluid level (2UZ–FE en-gine)

Check the level through the reservoir. Thelevel should be in the “HOT” or “COLD”range depending on the fluid temperature.See Section 7–2 for additional information.

Exhaust system

If you notice any change in the sound ofthe exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, havethe cause located and corrected immedi-ately. (See engine exhaust cautions inSection 2.)

Be on the alert for changes in perfor-mance, sounds, and visual tip–offs thatindicate service is needed. Some impor-tant clues are as follows:

� Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging

� Appreciable loss of power

� Strange engine noises

� A leak under the vehicle (however, wa-ter dripping from the air conditioningafter use is normal.)

� Change in exhaust sound (This mayindicate a dangerous carbon monoxideleak. Drive with the windows open andhave the exhaust system checked im-mediately.)

� Flat–looking tire; excessive tire squealwhen cornering; uneven tire wear

� Vehicle pulls to one side when drivingstraight on a level road

� Strange noises related to suspensionmovement

� Loss of brake effectiveness; spongyfeeling brake or clutch pedal; pedal al-most touches floor; vehicle pulls to oneside when braking

� Engine coolant temperature continuallyhigher than normal

Does your vehicle need repairing?

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

236 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

� Engine continually runs hot; oil pres-sure gauge stays low

If you notice any of these clues, take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible. It probably needs adjustment orrepair.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving with the ve-hicle unchecked. It could result in se-rious vehicle damage and possiblypersonal injury.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2372001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

DO–IT–YOURSELF MAINTENANCEIntroduction

Engine compartment overview 238. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuse locations 240. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Do–it–yourself service precautions 241. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parts and tools 242. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7– 1

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

238 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

1. Engine oil filler cap

2. Brake fluid reservoir

3. Fuse blocks

4. Battery

5. Engine coolant reservoir

6. Engine oil level dipstick

7. Power steering fluid reservoir

8. Windshield washer fluid tank

Engine compartment overview�5VZ–FE engine

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2392001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

1. Power steering fluid reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Fuse blocks

5. Battery

6. Engine coolant reservoir

7. Engine oil level dipstick

8. Windshield washer fluid tank

�2UZ–FE engine

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

240 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Fuse locations

Spare fuses

With towing kit

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2412001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

If you perform maintenance by yourself,be sure to follow the correct proceduregiven in this section.

You should be aware that improper or in-complete servicing may result in operatingproblems.

Performing do–it–yourself maintenanceduring the warranty period may affect yourwarranty coverage. Read the separateToyota Warranty statement for details andsuggestions.

This section gives instructions only forthose items that are relatively easy for anowner to perform. As explained in Section6, there are still a number of items thatmust be done by a qualified technicianwith special tools.

For information on tools and parts for do–it–yourself maintenance, see “Parts andtools”.

Utmost care should be taken when work-ing on your vehicle to prevent accidentalinjury. Here are a few precautions thatyou should be especially careful to ob-serve:

CAUTION

� When the engine is running, keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom the moving fan and enginedrive belts. (Removing rings,watches, and ties is advisable.)

� Right after driving, the enginecompartment—the engine, radiator,exhaust manifold, power steeringfluid reservoir and spark plugboots, etc.—will be hot. So be care-ful not to touch them. Oil, fluidsand spark plugs may also be hot.

� If the engine is hot, do not removethe radiator cap or loosen the drainplugs to prevent burning yourself.

� Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-low open flames around fuel or thebattery. Their fumes are flammable.

� Be extremely cautious when work-ing on the battery. It contains poi-sonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.

� Do not get under your vehicle withjust the body jack supporting it. Al-ways use automotive jack stands orother solid supports.

� Use eye protection whenever youwork on or under your vehiclewhere you may be exposed to flyingor falling material, fluid spray, etc.

� Used engine oil contains potentiallyharmful contaminants which maycause skin disorders such as in-flammation or skin cancer, so careshould be taken to avoid prolongedand repeated contact with it. To re-move used engine oil from yourskin, wash thoroughly with soapand water.

� Do not leave used oil within thereach of children.

� Dispose of used oil and filter onlyin a safe and acceptable manner.Do not dispose of used oil and fil-ter in household trash, in sewers oronto the ground. Call your dealer ora service station for informationconcerning recycling or disposal.

Do–it–yourself service precautions

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

242 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

NOTICE

� Remember that battery and ignitioncables carry high currents or volt-ages. Be careful of accidentallycausing a short circuit.

� Add only demineralized or distilledwater to fill the radiator. And if youspill some of the coolant, be sureto wash it off with water to preventit from damaging the parts or paint.

� Do not allow dirt or anything elseto fall through the spark plug holes.

� Do not pry the outer electrode of aspark plug against the center elec-trode.

� Use only spark plugs of the speci-fied type. Using other types willcause engine damage, loss of per-formance or radio noise.

� Do not overfill automatic transmis-sion fluid, or the transmissioncould be damaged.

� Do not drive with the air cleanerfilter removed, or excessive enginewear could result. Also backfiringcould cause a fire in the enginecompartment.

� Be careful not to scratch the glasssurface with the wiper frame.

� When closing the engine hood,check to see that you have not for-gotten any tools, rags, etc.

Parts and toolsHere is a list of parts and tools you willneed on performing do–it–yourself mainte-nance. Remember all Toyota parts are de-signed in metric sizes, so your tools mustbe metric.

Checking the engine oil level

Parts (if level is low):

� Engine oil API grade SJ,“Energy–Conserving” or ILSACmultigrade having viscosity proper foryour climate

Tools:

� Rag or paper towel

� Funnel (only for adding oil)

Checking the engine coolant level


� “TOYOTA Long Life Coolant” or equiva-lentSee Section 7–2 for details about cool-ant type selection.

� Demineralized or distilled water

Tools:

� Funnel (only for adding coolant)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2432001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Checking brake fluid


� SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3brake fluid

Tools:


� Funnel (only for adding fluid)

Checking power steering fluid


� Automatic transmission fluid DEXRON�IIor III

Tools:


� Funnel (only for adding fluid)

Checking battery condition

Tools:

� Warm water

� Baking soda

� Grease

� Conventional wrench (for terminalclamp bolts)

Checking and replacing fuses

Parts (if replacement is necessary):

� Fuse with same amperage rating asoriginal

Adding washer fluid

Parts:

� Water

� Washer fluid containing antifreeze(for winter use)

Tools:

� Funnel

Replacing light bulbs

Parts:

� Bulb with same number and wattagerating as original (See charts in “Re-placing light bulbs” in Section 7–3.)

Tools:

� Screwdriver

� Wrench

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

244 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2452001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

DO–IT–YOURSELF MAINTENANCEEngine and Chassis

Checking the engine oil level 246. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking the engine coolant level 247. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking brake fluid 248. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking power steering fluid 249. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking tire pressure 250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking and replacing tires 251. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rotating tires 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installing snow tires and chains 253. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Replacing wheels 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Aluminum wheel precautions 255. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7– 2

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

246 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Checking the engine oil level

Low level Full level

Add oil O.K. Too full

With the engine at operating tempera-ture and turned off, check the oil levelon the dipstick.

1. To get a true reading, the vehicleshould be on a level spot. After turningoff the engine, wait a few minutes forthe oil to drain back into the bottom ofthe engine.

2. Pull out the dipstick, and wipe it cleanwith a rag.

3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as faras it will go, or the reading will not becorrect.

4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oillevel on the end.

CAUTION

Be careful not to touch the hot ex-haust manifold.

If the oil level is below or only slightlyabove the low level, add engine oil ofthe same type as already in the engine.

Remove the oil filler cap and add engineoil in small quantities at a time, checkingthe dipstick.

The approximate quantity of oil needed tofill between the low level and the full levelon the dipstick is indicated below for ref-erence.

When the level reaches within the correctrange, install the filler cap hand–tight.

Oil quantity, L (qt., lmp. qt.):5VZ–FE engine 1.2 (1.3, 1.1)2UZ–FE engine 1.5 (1.6, 1.3)

NOTICE

� Avoid overfilling, or the enginecould be damaged.

� Check the oil level on the dipstickonce again after adding the oil.

Engine oil selection

Use API grade SJ, “Energy–Conserving”or ILSAC multigrade engine oil.

Recommended viscosity (SAE):

5W-30 Preferred

Temperature range anticipated beforenext oil change

SAE 5W–30 is the best choice for yourvehicle, for good fuel economy, andgood starting in cold weather.

If you use SAE 10W–30 engine oil inextremely low temperatures, the enginemay become difficult to start, so SAE5W–30 engine oil is recommended.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2472001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

API service symbol

ILSAC certification mark

Oil identification marks

Either or both API registered marks areadded to some oil containers to helpyou select the oil you should use.

The API Service Symbol is located any-where on the outside of the container.

The top portion of the label shows the oilquality by API (American Petroleum Insti-tute) designations such as SJ. The centerportion of the label shows the SAE viscos-ity grade such as SAE 5W–30. “Energy–Conserving” shown in the lower portion,indicates that the oil has fuel–saving ca-pabilities.

The ILSAC (International Lubricant Stan-dardization and Approval Committee) Certi-fication Mark is displayed on the front ofthe container.

Look at the see–through coolant reser-voir when the engine is cold. The cool-ant level is satisfactory if it is betweenthe “F” and “L” lines on the reservoir.If the level is low, add ethylene–glycoltype coolant for a proper corrosionprotection of aluminum components.

The coolant level in the reservoir will varywith engine temperature. However, if thelevel is on or below the “L” line, addcoolant. Bring the level up to the “F” line.

Always use ethylene–glycol type coolantfor a proper corrosion protection of alumi-num components. See information in thenext column.

If the coolant level drops within a shorttime after replenishing, there may be aleak in the system. Visually check theradiator, hoses, radiator cap and draincock and water pump.

If you can find no leak, have your Toyotadealer test the cap pressure and checkfor leaks in the cooling system.

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, do notremove the radiator cap when the en-gine is hot.

Checking the engine coolant level

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

248 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Coolant type selection

Use of improper coolants may damageyour engine cooling system. Your coolantmust contain ethylene–glycol type coolantfor a proper corrosion protection of yourengine that contains aluminumcomponents. Use “TOYOTA Long LifeCoolant” or equivalent.

In addition to preventing freezing andsubsequent damage to the engine, thistype of coolant will also prevent corrosion.Further supplemental inhibitors or additivesare neither needed nor recommended.

Read the coolant container for informationon freeze protection. Follow the manufac-turer’s directions for how much to mixwith plain water (preferably demineralizedwater or distilled water). The total capacityof the cooling system is given in Section8.

We recommend to use 50% solution foryour Toyota, to provide protection down toabout –35�C (–31�F). When it is extreme-ly cold, to provide protection down toabout –50�C (–58�F), 60% solution is rec-ommended. Do not use more than 70%solution for better coolant performance.

NOTICE


Checking brake fluid

To check the fluid level, simply look atthe see–through reservoir. The levelshould be between the “MAX” and“MIN” lines on the reservoir.

It is normal for the brake fluid level to godown slightly as the brake pads wear. Sobe sure to keep the reservoir filled.

If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, itmay indicate a serious mechanical prob-lem.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2492001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

If the level is low, add SAE J1703 orFMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to thebrake reservoir.

Remove and replace the reservoir cap byhand. Fill the brake fluid to the dottedline. This brings the fluid to the correctlevel when you put the cap back on.

Use only newly opened brake fluid. Onceopened, brake fluid absorbs moisture fromthe air, and excess moisture can cause adangerous loss of braking.

CAUTION

Take care when filling the r eservoirbecause brake fluid can harm youreyes and damage painted surfaces. Iffluid gets in your eyes, flush youreyes with clean water immediately. Ifyou still feel uncomfortable with youreyes, go to the doctor.

NOTICE

If you spill the fluid, be sure to washit off with water to prevent it fromdamaging the parts or paint.

If cold add

If cold O.K.

If hot add

If hot O.K.

Check the fluid level on the dipstick. Ifnecessary, add automatic transmissionfluid DEXRON �II or III.

If the vehicle has been driven around 80km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a littlemore in frigid temperatures), the fluid ishot (40�C—80�C or 104�F—175�F). Youmay also check the level when the fluidis cold (about room temperature,0�C—40�C or 32�F—104�F) if the enginehas not been run for about five hours.

a. Clean all dirt from outside of the reser-voir tank.

b. Remove the reservoir cap by turning itcounterclockwise and wipe the dipstickclean.

c. Reinstall the reservoir cap.

d. Remove the reservoir cap again andlook at the fluid level. If the fluid iscold, the level should be in the “COLD”range on the dipstick. Similarly, if it ishot, the fluid level should be in the“HOT” range. If the level is at the lowside of either range, add automatictransmission fluid DEXRON�II or III tobring the level within the range.

e. After replacing the reservoir cap, visu-ally check the steering box case, vanepump and hose connections for leaksor damage.

CAUTION

The reservoir tank may be hot so becareful not to burn yourself.

NOTICE

Avoid overfilling, or the power steer-ing could be damaged.

Checking power steering fluid(5VZ–FE engine)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

250 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

If hot O.K.

Close Open

If cold O.K.

If hot add If cold add

Check the fluid level through the reser-voir. If necessary, add automatic trans-mission fluid DEXRON �II or III.

If the vehicle has been driven around 80km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a littlemore in frigid temperatures), the fluid ishot (60�C—80�C or 140�F—175�F). Youmay also check the level when the fluidis cold (about room temperature,10�C—30�C or 50�F—85�F) if the enginehas not been run for about five hours.

Clean all dirt from outside of the reservoirtank and look at the fluid level. If the fluidis cold, the level should be in the “COLD”range. Similarly, if it is hot, the fluid levelshould be in the “HOT” range. If the levelis at the low side of either range, addautomatic transmission fluid DEXRON�IIor III to bring the level within the range.

To remove the reservoir cap, turn it coun-terclockwise and lift up. To reinstall it,turn it clockwise. After replacing the reser-voir cap, visually check the steering boxcase, vane pump and hose connectionsfor leaks or damage.

CAUTION

The reservoir tank may be hot so becareful not to burn yourself.

NOTICE

Avoid overfilling, or the power steer-ing could be damaged.

Checking tire pressure

Keep your tire pressures at the properlevel.

The recommended cold tire pressures, tiresize and the cargo weight rating are givenin Section 8. Tire size and pressure arealso on the tire pressure label as shown.

You should check the tire pressures everytwo weeks, or at least once a month. Anddo not forget the spare!

Checking power steering fluid(2UZ–FE engine)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2512001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Incorrect tire pressure can reduce tirelife and make your vehicle less safe todrive.

Low tire pressure results in excessivewear, poor handling, reduced fuel econo-my, and the possibility of blowouts fromoverheated tires. Also, low tire pressurecan cause poor sealing of the tire bead.If the tire pressure is excessively low,there is the possibility of wheel deforma-tion and/or tire separation.

High tire pressure produces a harsh ride,handling problems, excessive wear at thecenter of the tire tread, and a greaterpossibility of tire damage from road haz-ards.

If a tire frequently needs refilling, have itchecked by your Toyota dealer.

The following instructions for checkingtire pressure should be observed:

� The pressure should be checked onlywhen the tires are cold. If your ve-hicle has been parked for at least 3hours and has not been driven formore than 1.5 km or 1 mile since, youwill get an accurate cold tire pressurereading.

� Always use a tire pressure gauge.The appearance of a tire can be mis-leading. Besides, tire pressures thatare even just a few pounds off candegrade ride and handling.

� Do not bleed or reduce tire pressureafter driving. It is normal for the tirepressure to be higher after driving.

� Never exceed the cargo weight rat-ing. The luggage weight should be dis-tributed evenly.

� Be sure to reinstall the tire inflationvalve caps. Without the valve caps,dirt or moisture could get into the valvecore and cause air leakage. If the capshave been lost, have new ones put onas soon as possible.

Checking and replacing tires

Tread wear indicator

CHECKING YOUR TIRES

Check the tire tread for the tread wearindicators. If the indicators show, re-place the tires.

The tires on your Toyota have built–intread wear indicators to help you knowwhen the tires need replacement. Whenthe tread depth wears to 1.6 mm (0.06in.) or less, the indicators will appear. Ifyou can see the indicators in two or moreadjacent grooves, the tire should be re-placed. The lower the tread, the higherthe risk of skidding.

The effectiveness of snow tires is lostif the tread wears down below 4 mm(0.16 in.).

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

252 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Check the tires regularly for damagesuch as cuts, splits and cracks. If anydamage is found, consult with a techni-cian and have the tire repaired or re-placed.

Even if the damage does not appear seri-ous, a qualified technician should examinethe damage. Objects which have pene-trated the tire may have caused internaldamage.

Any tires which are over 6 years oldmust be checked by a qualified techni-cian even if damage is not obvious.

Tires deteriorate with age even if theyhave never or seldom been used.

This also applies to the spare tire andtires stored for future use.

REPLACING YOUR TIRES

When replacing a tire, use only thesame size and construction as original-ly installed and with the same or great-er load capacity.

Using any other size or type of tire mayseriously affect handling, ride, speedome-ter/odometer calibration, ground clearance,and clearance between the body and tiresor snow chains.

CAUTION

� Do not mix radial, bias belted, orbias–ply tires on your vehicle. Itcan cause dangerous handling char-acteristics, resulting in loss of con-trol.

� Do not use tires or wheels otherthan the manufacturer’s recom-mended size.

Toyota recommends all four tires, or atleast both front or rear tires be re-placed as a set.

See “If you have a flat tire” in Section 4for tire change procedure.

When a tire is replaced, the wheelshould always be balanced.

An unbalanced wheel may affect vehiclehandling and tire life. Wheels can get outof balance with regular use and shouldtherefore be balanced occasionally.

When replacing a tubeless tire, the airvalve should also be replaced with anew one.

Rotating tires

With a spare tire of the same wheel typeas the installed tires

With a spare tire of different wheel typefrom the installed tires

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2532001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

To equalize the wear and help extendtire life, Toyota recommends that yourotate your tires according to the main-tenance schedule. (For scheduled main-tenance information, please refer to the“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement”.). Howev-er, the most appropriate timing for tirerotation may vary according to yourdriving habits and road surface condi-tions.

See “If you have a flat tire” in Section 4for tire change procedure.

When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear is usu-ally caused by incorrect tire pressure, im-proper wheel alignment, out–of–balancewheels, or severe braking.

WHEN TO USE SNOW TIRES ORCHAINS

Snow tires or chains are recommendedwhen driving on snow or ice.

On wet or dry roads, conventional tiresprovide better traction than snow tires.

SNOW TIRE SELECTION

If you need snow tires, select the samesize, construction and load capacity asthe original tires on your Toyota.

Do not use tires other than those men-tioned above. Do not install studded tireswithout first checking local regulations forpossible restrictions.

SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION

Snow tires should be installed on allwheels.

Installing snow tires on the rear wheelsonly can lead to an excessive differencein road grip capability between the frontand rear tires which could cause loss ofvehicle control.

When storing removed tires, you shouldstore them in a cool dry place.

Mark the direction of rotation and be sureto install them in the same direction whenreplacing.

CAUTION

� Do not drive with the snow tiresincorrectly inflated.

� Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)with any type of snow tires.

TIRE CHAIN SELECTION

Use the tire chains of correct size.

Regulations regarding the use of tirechains vary according to location ortype of road, so always check thembefore installing chains.

CHAIN INSTALLATION

Install the chains on the rear tires astightly as possible. Do not use tirechains on the front tires. Retightenchains after driving 0.5—1.0 km(1/4—1/2 mile).

When installing chains on your tires, care-fully follow the instructions of the chainmanufacturer.

If wheel covers are used, they will bescratched by the chain band, so removethe covers before putting on the chains.

Installing snow tires and chains

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

254 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

� Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) orthe chain manufacturer’s recom-mended speed limit, whichever islower.

� Drive carefully avoiding bumps,holes, and sharp turns, which maycause the vehicle to bounce.

� Avoid sharp turns or locked–wheelbraking, as use of chains may ad-versely affect vehicle handling.

� When driving with chains installed,be sure to drive carefully. Slowdown before entering the curves toavoid losing control of the vehicle.Otherwise an accident may occur.

Replacing wheelsWHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS

If you have wheel damage such asbending, cracks or heavy corrosion, thewheel should be replaced.

If you fail to replace damaged wheels, thetire may slip off the wheel or cause lossof handling control.

WHEEL SELECTION

When replacing wheels, care should betaken to ensure that the wheels are re-placed by ones with the same load ca-pacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.

Correct replacement wheels are availableat your Toyota dealer.

A wheel of a different size or type mayadversely affect handling, wheel and bear-ing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odom-eter calibration, stopping ability, headlightaim, bumper height, vehicle ground clear-ance, and tire or snow chain clearance tothe body and chassis.

Replacement with used wheels is not rec-ommended as they may have been sub-jected to rough treatment or high mileageand could fail without warning. Also, bentwheels which have been straightened mayhave structural damage and thereforeshould not be used. Never use an innertube in a leaking wheel which is designedfor a tubeless tire.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2552001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Aluminum wheel precautions� When installing aluminum wheels,

check that the wheel nuts are tightafter driving your vehicle the first 1600km (1000 miles).

� If you have rotated, repaired, orchanged your tires, check that thewheel nuts are still tight after driving1600 km (1000 miles).

� When using tire chains, be careful notto damage the aluminum wheels.

� Use only the Toyota wheel nuts andwrench designed for your aluminumwheels.

� When balancing your wheels, use onlyToyota balance weights or equivalentand a plastic or rubber hammer.

� As with any wheel, periodically checkyour aluminum wheels for damage. Ifdamaged, replace immediately.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

256 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2572001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

DO–IT–YOURSELF MAINTENANCEElectrical components

Checking battery condition 258. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Battery recharging precautions 259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking and replacing fuses 260. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Adding washer fluid 261. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Replacing light bulbs 261. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7– 3

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

258 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

CAUTION

BATTERY PRECAUTIONS

The battery produces flammable andexplosive hydrogen gas.

� Do not cause a spark from the bat-tery with tools.

� Do not smoke or light a match nearthe battery.

The electrolyte contains poisonousand corrosive sulfuric acid.

� Avoid contact with eyes, skin orclothes.

� Never ingest electrolyte.

� Wear protective safety glasses whenworking near the battery.

� Keep children away from the bat-tery.

EMERGENCY MEASURES

� If electrolyte gets in your eyes,flush your eyes with clean waterimmediately and get immediatemedical attention. If possible, con-tinue to apply water with a spongeor cloth while en route to the medi-cal office.

� If electrolyte gets on your skin,thoroughly wash the contact area. Ifyou feel pain or burning, get medi-cal attention immediately.

� If electrolyte gets on your clothes,there is a possibility of its soakingthrough to your skin, so immediate-ly take off the exposed clothing andfollow the procedure above, if nec-essary.

� If you accidentally swallow electro-lyte, drink a large quantity of wateror milk. Follow with milk of magne-sia, beaten raw egg or vegetableoil. Then go immediately for emer-gency help.

—Checking battery exterior

Terminals

Ground cable

Hold–down clamp

Check the battery for corroded or looseterminal connections, cracks, or loosehold–down clamp.

a. If the battery is corroded, wash it offwith a solution of warm water and bak-ing soda. Coat the outside of the termi-nals with grease to prevent further cor-rosion.

b. If the terminal connections are loose,tighten their clamp nuts—but do notovertighten.

c. Tighten the hold–down clamp onlyenough to keep the battery firmly inplace. Overtightening may damage thebattery case.

Checking battery c ondition——Precautions

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2592001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

NOTICE

� Be sure the engine and all accesso-ries are off before performing main-tenance.

� When checking the battery, removethe ground cable from the negativeterminal (“–” mark) first and rein-stall it last.

� Be careful not to cause a short cir-cuit with tools.

� Take care no solution gets into thebattery when washing it.

—Checking battery fluid

Type A

Green DarkClear or light yellow

Type B

Blue White Red

CHECKING BY HYDROMETER

Check the battery condition by thehydrometer color.

Hydrometer colorCondition

Type A Type BCondition

Green Blue Good

Dark White

Charging necessary. Have battery checked by your Toyota dealer.

Clear orLight

YellowRed

Have battery checked by your Toyota dealer.

Battery recharging precautionsDuring recharging, the battery is pro-ducing hydrogen gas.

Therefore, before recharging:

1. If recharging with the battery installedon the vehicle, be sure to disconnectthe ground cable.

2. Be sure the power switch on the re-charger is off when connecting thecharger cables to the battery and whendisconnecting them.

CAUTION

� Always charge the battery in an un-confined area. Do not charge thebattery in a garage or closed roomwhere there is not sufficient ventila-tion.

� Only do a slow charge (5 A orless). Charging at a quicker rate isdangerous. The battery may ex-plode, causing personal injuries.

NOTICE

Never recharge the battery while theengine is running. Also, be sure allaccessories are turned off.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

260 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Checking and replacing fuses

Type A

Good Blown

Type B

Type C

Good Blown

Good Blown

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work, check thefuses. If any of the fuses are blown,they must be replaced.

See “Fuse locations” in Section 7–1 forlocations of the fuses.

Turn the ignition switch and inoperativecomponent off. Pull a suspected fusestraight out and check it.

Determine which fuse may be causing theproblem. The lid of the fuse box showsthe name of the circuit for each fuse. SeeSection 8 of this manual for the functionscontrolled by each circuit.

Type A fuses can be pulled out by thepull–out tool. The location of the pull–outtool is shown in the illustration.

If you are not sure whether the fuse hasblown, try replacing the suspected fusewith one that you know is good.

If the fuse has blown, push a new fuseinto the clip.

Only install a fuse with the amperage rat-ing designated on the fuse box lid.

If you do not have a spare fuse, in anemergency you can pull out the “DOME”,“A/C” or “HTR” fuse, which may be dis-pensable for normal driving, and use it ifits amperage rating is the same.

If you cannot use one of the same amper-age, use one that is lower, but as closeas possible to the rating. If the amperageis lower than that specified, the fusemight blow out again but this does notindicate anything wrong. Be sure to getthe correct fuse as soon as possible andreturn the substitute to its original clip.

It is a good idea to purchase a set ofspare fuses and keep them in your ve-hicle for emergencies.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2612001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

If the new fuse immediately blows out,there is a problem with the electrical sys-tem. Have your Toyota dealer correct it assoon as possible.

CAUTION

Never use a fuse with a higher am-perage rating, or any other object, inplace of a fuse. This may cause ex-tensive damage and possibly a fire.

Adding washer fluidIf any washer does not work or lowwindshield washer fluid level warninglight comes on, the washer tank may beempty. Add washer fluid.

You may use plain water as washer fluid.However, in cold areas where tempera-tures range below freezing point, usewasher fluid containing antifreeze. Thisproduct is available at your Toyota dealerand most auto parts stores. Follow themanufacturer’s directions for how much tomix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or anyother substitute because it may dam-age your vehicle’s paint.

Replacing light bulbs—The following illustrations show how togain access to the bulbs. When replacinga bulb, make sure the ignition switch andlight switch are off. Use bulbs with thewattage ratings given in the table.

CAUTION

Halogen bulbs have pressurized gasinside and require special handling.They can burst or shatter if scratchedor dropped. Hold a bulb only by itsplastic or metal case. Do not touchthe glass part of a bulb with barehands.

NOTICE

Only use a bulb of the listed type.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

262 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

The inside of the lens of exterior lightssuch as headlights may temporarily fog upwhen the lens becomes wet in the rain orin a car wash. This is not a problembecause the fogging is caused by thetemperature difference between the outsideand inside of the lens, just like thewindshield fogged up in the rain. However,if there is a large drop of water on theinside of the lens, or if there is waterpooled inside the light, contact yourToyota dealer.

Light bulbs BulbNo. W Type

Headlights — 60/55 A

Front fog lights 9006 55 B

Parking/front turn signal/front side marker lights

3157NA 27/8 C

Rear turn signallights

3156 27 D

Stop/tail/rearside marker lights

3157 27/8 D

Back–up lights 921 18 D

License plate lights

Type AType B

168194

53.8

DD

High mounted stoplight and cargo lamps

921 18 D

Interior light — 8 E

Personal lights — 8 E

Vanity light — 1.5 E

Light bulbs BulbNo. W Type

Door courtesylights

194 3.8 D

Glove box light — 1.2 D

Step light — 1.4 D

A: HB2 halogen bulbsB: HB4 halogen bulbsC: Wedge base bulbs (amber)D: Wedge base bulbsE: Double end bulbs

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2632001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

—Headlights

1. Open the hood. Unplug the connec-tor. Remove the rubber cover.

If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

2. Release the bulb retaining springand remove the bulb. Install a newbulb and the bulb retaining spring.

To install a bulb, align the tabs of thebulb with the cutouts of the mountinghole.

“TOP PULL” mark

3. Install the rubber cover with the“TOP PULL” mark upward andsnuggle on the boss. Then insert theconnector.

Make sure the rubber cover fits snugly onthe connector and the headlight body.

Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-essary, contact your Toyota dealer.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

264 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

—Front fog lights

1. Turn the bulb base counterclockwiseto the front of the vehicle as shown.

2. Pull the bulb out of the bulb base.

If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

3. Install a new bulb base by turning itclockwise to the front of the vehicle.

Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-essary, contact your Toyota dealer.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2652001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Use a Phillips–head screwdriver. Removeand install the clip as shown in the fol-lowing illustrations.

Removing clip

Installing clip

—Parking/front turn signal/front side marker lights

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

266 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Remove the bolts. a: Rear turn signal lightb: Stop/tail/rear side marker lightc: Back–up light

—License plate lights (type A)

Use a Phillips–head screwdriver.

—Rear turn signal, stop/tail/rear side marker, and back–up lights

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2672001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

—License plate lights (type B)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

268 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Use a Phillips–head screwdriver.

a: High mounted stoplightb: Cargo lamp

—High mounted stoplight andcargo lamps

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2692001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

SPECIFICATIONSDimensions 270. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Payload 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine 273. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel 273. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Service specifications 273. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tires 276. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuses 278. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 8

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

270 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Dimensions

TWO–WHEEL DRIVE MODELS FOUR–WHEEL DRIVE MODELS

Standard cab models Access cab models Standard cab models Access cab models

Overall length mm (in.) 5405 (212.8)∗1

5525 (217.5)5525 (217.5) 5405 (212.8)∗1

5525 (217.5)5525 (217.5)

Overall width mm (in.) 1910 (75.2)1910 (75.2)1940 (76.4)∗2

2015 (79.3)∗3

1910 (75.2)1940 (76.4)∗3

1910 (75.2)1940 (76.4)∗2

2015 (79.3)∗3

Overall height∗4 mm (in.) 1800 (70.9)

1800 (70.9)∗5

1805 (71.1)∗6

1810 (71.3)∗7

1815 (71.5)∗8

1830 (72.0)∗9

1815 (71.5)

1820 (71.7)∗5

1825 (71.9)∗6

1830 (72.0)∗7

1835 (72.2)∗8

Wheelbase mm (in.) 3260 (128.3) 3260 (128.3) 3260 (128.3) 3260 (128.3)

Front tread mm (in.) 1680 (66.1) 1675 (65.9)∗9

1680 (66.1)1675 (65.9) 1675 (65.9)

Rear tread mm (in.) 1648 (64.9) 1648 (64.9) 1648 (64.9) 1648 (64.9)

∗1: Without rear bumper∗2: With wheel arch moulding∗3: With over fender∗4: Unladen vehicle∗5: With 2UZ–FE engine and without P265 tires∗6: With 5VZ–FE engine and without P265 tires∗7: With 2UZ–FE engine and with P265 tires∗8: With 5VZ–FE engine and with P265 tires∗9: Off–road package

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2712001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Payload ∗

U.S.A. kg (lb.)

Two–wheel drive modelsManual transmission Standard grade 773 (1705)

5VZ–FE engine

Two–wheel drive modelsAutomatic transmission Standard grade 753 (1661)

Standard cab5VZ–FE engine

Four–wheel drive modelsManual transmission SR5 grade 651 (1436)

Four–wheel drive modelsAutomatic transmission SR5 grade 631 (1392)

2UZ–FE engine Four–wheel drive models Automatic transmission SR5 grade 879 (1938)

Manual transmission SR5 grade 731 (1612)

Two–wheel drive modelsAutomatic transmission

SR5 grade 710 (1567)

5VZ–FE engine

Automatic transmissionLimited grade 653 (1441)

5VZ–FE engineManual transmission SR5 grade 762 (1680)

Access cabFour–wheel drive models

Automatic transmissionSR5 grade 736 (1624)

Access cab Automatic transmissionLimited grade 679 (1499)

Two–wheel drive models Automatic transmissionSR5 grade 872 (1924)

2UZ–FE engine

Two–wheel drive models Automatic transmissionLimited grade 815 (1798)

2UZ–FE engine

Four–wheel drive models Automatic transmissionSR5 grade 685 (1512)

Four–wheel drive models Automatic transmissionLimited grade 619 (1366)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

272 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Canada kg (lb.)

Two–wheel drive modelsManual transmission Standard grade 763 (1683)

Standard cab5VZ–FE engine

Two–wheel drive modelsAutomatic transmission Standard grade 743 (1639)

Standard cabg

Four–wheel drive models Automatic transmission Standard grade 633 (1396)

2UZ–FE engine Four–wheel drive models Automatic transmission Standard grade 893 (1969)

5VZ–FE engine Four–wheel drive models Automatic transmission SR5 grade 726 (1602)

Two–wheel drive models Automatic transmissionSR5 grade 862 (1902)

Access cab2UZ–FE engine

Two–wheel drive models Automatic transmissionLimited grade 814 (1795)

2UZ–FE engine

Four–wheel drive models Automatic transmissionSR5 grade 684 (1509)

Four–wheel drive models Automatic transmissionLimited grade 635 (1402)

∗: Occupants + luggage

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2732001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

EngineModel:

5VZ–FE and 2UZ–FE

Type:5VZ–FE engine

6 cylinder V type, 4 cycle, gasoline2UZ–FE engine

8 cylinder V type, 4 cycle, gasoline

Bore and stroke, mm (in.):5VZ–FE engine

93.5 � 82.0 (3.68 � 3.23)2UZ–FE engine

94.0 � 84.0 (3.70 � 3.31)

Displacement, cm3 (cu. in.):5VZ–FE engine 3378 (206.1)2UZ–FE engine 4664 (284.6)

FuelFuel type:

Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87(Research Octane Number 91) or higher

Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.):100 (26.4, 22.0)

Service specificationsENGINE

Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):

5VZ–FE engineIntake 0.13—0.23 (0.006—0.009)Exhaust 0.27—0.37 (0.011—0.014)

2UZ–FE engineIntake 0.15—0.25 (0.006—0.010)Exhaust 0.25—0.35 (0.010—0.014)

Spark plug type:

5VZ–FE engineDENSO K16TR11NGK BKR5EKB11

2UZ–FE engineDENSO K20R–UNGK BKR6EYA

Spark plug gap, mm (in.):5VZ–FE engine 1.1 (0.043)2UZ–FE engine 0.8 (0.031)

Drive belt tension measured with Bor-roughs drive belt tension gaugeNo.BT–33–73F (used belt), lbf:

5VZ–FE engineGenerator belt 100� 20Air conditioning compressor belt

100 +20–10

Power steering pump belt100 +20

–15

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

274 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

ENGINE LUBRICATION

Oil capacity (drain and refill), L (qt., Imp.qt.):

5VZ–FE engineWith filter 5.2 (5.5, 4.6)Without filter 4.9 (5.2, 4.3)

2UZ–FE engineWith filter 6.2 (6.5, 5.5)Without filter 5.7 (6.0, 5.0)

Oil grade:API grade SJ, “Energy–Conserving” orILSAC multigrade engine oil is recom-mended.

Recommended oil viscosity (SAE):

5W-30 Preferred

Temperature range anticipated beforenext oil change

COOLING SYSTEM

Total capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):

With manual transmission10.0 (10.6, 8.8)

With automatic transmission5VZ–FE engine 9.9 (10.5, 8.7)2UZ–FE engine 11.6 (12.3, 10.2)

Coolant type:

“TOYOTA Long Life Coolant” or equiva-lent

With ethylene–glycol type coolant for aproper corrosion protection of aluminumcomponents


BATTERY

Open voltage∗ at 20�C (68�F):12.6—12.8 V Fully charged12.2—12.4 V Half charged11.8—12.0 V Discharged

∗: Voltage that is checked 20 minutes af-ter the key is removed with all thelights turned off

Charging rates:5 A max.

CLUTCH

Pedal free play, mm (in.):5—15 (0.2—0.6)

Fluid type:SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

MANUAL TRANSMISSION

Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):

Two–wheel drive models2.6 (2.7, 2.3)

Four–wheel drive models2.2 (2.3, 1.9)

Oil type:Gear oil API GL–4 or GL–5

Recommended oil viscosity:SAE 75W–90

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

Fluid capacity (drain and refill), L (qt.,Imp. qt.):

Up to 2.0 (2.1, 1.8)

Fluid type:Automatic transmission fluid D–II orDEXRON�III (DEXRON�II)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2752001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

TRANSFER

Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):1.0 (1.1, 0.9)

Oil type:Gear oil API GL–4 or GL–5

Recommended oil viscosity:SAE 75W–90

DIFFERENTIAL

Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):

Front1.15 (1.2, 1.0)

Rear

Two–wheel drive models3.80 (4.0, 3.3)

Four–wheel drive models3.50 (3.7, 3.1)

Oil type:Hypoid gear oil API GL–5

Recommended oil viscosity:

FrontSAE 75W–90

RearAbove –18�C (0�F)

SAE 90Below –18�C (0�F)

SAE 80W or 80W–90

CHASSIS LUBRICATION

Propeller shafts:

Spiders and slide yokesLithium base chassis grease, NLGINo.2

Double cardan jointMolybdenum–disulfide lithium basechassis grease, NLGI No.2

BRAKES

Minimum pedal clearance when depressedwith the force of 490 N (50 kgf, 110 lbf)with the engine running, mm (in.):

95 (3.7)

Pedal free play, mm (in.):1—6 (0.04—0.24)

Pad wear limit, mm (in.):1.0 (0.04)

Lining wear limit, mm (in.):1.0 (0.04)

Parking brake adjustment:

Pedal type—when depressed with theforce of 294 N (30 kgf, 66.1 lbf)

5—8 clicks

Lever type—when pulled with the forceof 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf)

4—12 clicks

Fluid type:SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

STEERING

Wheel free play:Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)

Power steering fluid type:Automatic transmission fluid DEXRON�IIor III

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

276 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

TiresTire size and pressure:

STANDARD CAB MODELS


Tire size

Tire pressurekPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi) Wheel sizeTire size

Front Rear

Wheel size

P245/70R16 180 (1.8, 26) 240 (2.4, 35) 16 � 7JJ


Tire size


Front Rear

Wheel size

P245/70R16 180 (1.8, 26) 240 (2.4, 35) 16 � 7JJ (J)

P265/70R16 180 (1.8, 26) 200 (2.0, 29) 16 � 7JJ (J)

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2772001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

ACCESS CAB MODELS

Tire size


Front Rear

Wheel size

P245/70R16 180 (1.8, 26) 240 (2.4, 35) 16 � 7JJ (J)

P265/70R16 180 (1.8, 26) 200 (2.0, 29) 16 � 7JJ (J)

P265/70R16Off–road package

180 (1.8, 26) 200 (2.0, 29) 16 � 7JJ

Wheel nut torque, N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf):110 (11.5, 83.2)

NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacing wheels), see “Checking tire pressure” through “Aluminumwheel precautions” in Section 7–2.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

278 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Fuses

Engine compartment (2UZ–FE engine) Engine compartment (5VZ–FE engine)

Engine compartment (with towing kit)

Fuses (type A)

1. EFI NO.1 20 A (2UZ–FE engine) orEFI NO.1 15 A (5VZ–FE engine): Mul-tiport fuel injection system/sequentialmultiport fuel injection system, emis-sion control system, fuel pump and allcomponents in “EFI NO.2” fuse

2. ETCS 15 A: Multiport fuel injectionsystem/sequential multiport fuel injec-tion system and electronic throttle con-trol system

3. DOME 15 A: Interior light, personallights, vanity light and courtesy lights

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2792001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Instrument panel

4. OBD 7.5 A: On–board diagnosis sys-tem

5. PWR OUTLET 1 15 A: Power outlet

6. PWR OUTLET 2 15 A: Power outlet

7. ST2 5 A: Starting system

8. FR FOG 20 A: Front fog lights

9. ALT–S 7.5 A: Charging system

10. HEAD (RH) 10 A (without daytimerunning light system): Right–handheadlightHEAD (HI RH) 10 A (with daytimerunning light system): Right–handheadlight (high beam)

11. HEAD (LH) 10 A (without daytimerunning light system): Left–handheadlightHEAD (HI LH) 10 A (with daytimerunning light system): Left–handheadlight (high beam)

12. EFI NO.2 10 A: Multiport fuel injectionsystem/sequential multiport fuel injec-tion system and emission control sys-tem

13. A/C 10 A: Air conditioning system

14. DRL 7.5 A (with daytime runninglight system): Daytime running lightsystem

15. HEAD (LO RH) 10 A (with daytimerunning light system): Right–handheadlight (low beam)

16. HEAD (LO LH) 10 A (with daytimerunning light system): Left–handheadlight (low beam)

17. WIP 20 A: Windshield wipers andwasher

18. TURN 5 A: Turn signal lights

19. ECU IG 5 A: Anti–lock brake systemand cruise control system

20. 4WD 20 A: Four–wheel drive controlsystem and A.D.D. control system

21. ACC 15 A: Cigarette lighter, audio sys-tem, SRS airbag system and powerrear view mirrors

22. GAUGE 10 A: Gauges and meters,back–up lights, starting system, day-time running light system and air condi-tioning system

23. IGN 5 A: SRS airbag system, multiportfuel injection system/sequential multi-port fuel injection system, dischargesystem and ignition system

24. CARGO LP 5 A: Cargo lamp

25. TAIL 15 A: Tail lights, license platelights, instrument panel lights, parkinglights and glove box light

26. ECU–B 5 A: SRS warning light

27. HORN–HAZ 20 A: Emergency flashersand horns

28. STA 5 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-tem/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem, gauges and meters

29. STOP 15 A: Stoplights and highmounted stoplight

Fuses (type B)

30. ABS 1 40 A: Anti–lock brake system

31. ABS 2 40 A: Anti–lock brake system

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

280 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

32. J/B 50 A: All components in “PWR”,“HORN·HAZ”, “TAIL”, “CARGO LP”,“STOP” and “ECU–B” fuses

33. AM2 40 A: Ignition system

34. AM1 40 A: Starting system

35. HTR 50 A: Air conditioning system

36. POWER 30 A: Power door lock sys-tem, power windows and power seat

37. FL 30 A: Trailer lights

Fuse (type C)

38. ALT 120 A: All components in “AM1”,“ALT–S”, “HTR”, “FR FOG”, “PWROUTLET 1” and “PWR OUTLET 2”fuses

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2812001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS FOR U.S. OWNERS, UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING AND CAMPER INFORMATIONReporting safety defects for U.S. owners 282. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Uniform tire quality grading 282. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Camper information 283. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 9

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

282 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

If you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could cause acrash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediately in-form the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration (NHTSA) inaddition to notifying Toyota MotorSales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll–free:1–800–331–4331).

If NHTSA receives similar com-plaints, it may open an investiga-tion, and if it finds that a safetydefect exists in a group of ve-hicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involvedin individual problems betweenyou, your dealer, or Toyota MotorSales, U.S.A., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may ei-ther call the Auto Safety Hotlinetoll–free at 1–800–424–9393 (or366–0123 in Washington, D.C.area) or write to: NHTSA, U.S.Department of Transportation,Washington, D.C. 20590. You canalso obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety from the Hot-line.

Uniform tire quality gradingThis information has been prepared in ac-cordance with regulations issued by theNational Highway Traffic Safety Adminis-tration of the U.S. Department of Trans-portation. It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyotavehicles with information on uniform tirequality grading.

Your Toyota dealer will help answer anyquestions you may have as you read thisinformation.

DOT quality grades—All passenger cartires must conform to Federal SafetyRequirements in addition to thesegrades. Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maximumsection width. For example: Treadwear200 Traction AA Temperature A

Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2832001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

Treadwear— The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on the wear rateof the tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified government testcourse. For example, a tire graded 150would wear one and a half (1–1/2) timesas well on the government course as atire graded 100. The relative performanceof tires depends upon the actual condi-tions of their use, however, and may de-part significantly from the norm due tovariations in driving habits, service prac-tices and differences in road characteris-tics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B, C— The tractiongrades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A,B, and C, and they represent the tire’sability to stop on wet pavement as mea-sured under controlled conditions on spe-cified government test surfaces of asphaltand concrete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance.

Warning: The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on braking (straightahead) traction tests and does not includecornering (turning) traction.

Temperature A, B, C— The temperaturegrades are A (the highest), B, and C,representing the tire’s resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissi-pate heat when tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel. Sustained high temperaturecan cause the material of the tire to de-generate and reduce tire life, and exces-sive temperature can lead to sudden tirefailure. The grade C corresponds to a lev-el of performance which all passenger cartires must meet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades Band A represent higher levels of perfor-mance on the laboratory test wheel thanthe minimum required by law.

Warning: The temperature grades for thistire are established for a tire that is prop-erly inflated and not overloaded. Exces-sive speed, underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combina-tion, can cause heat buildup and possibletire failure.

Camper information—This information has been prepared in ac-cordance with regulation issued by the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Administra-tion of the U.S. Department ofTransportation. It provides the purchasersand/or prospective purchasers of Toyotavehicles with information on truck–camperloading. Your Toyota dealer will help an-swer any questions you may have as youread this information.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

284 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

—Center of gravity location

Recommended locationfor cargo center of gravity for cargo weightrating

Rear end of truck bed

The figures given in the illustration indi-cate the recommended center of gravityzone.

A: 1190 mm (46.9 in.)

B: 1062 mm (41.8 in.)

CAUTION

If a load is too far back, it can causedangerous handling. If it is too farforward, the front axle may be over-loaded.

Camper center of gravity

Recommended center ofgravity location zone

CARGO WEIGHT RATING

Standard cab models

3 people, V6, 2WD453 kg (1000 lb.)

3 people, V6, 4WD340 kg (750 lb.)

3 people, V8, 4WD589 kg (1300 lb.)

Access cab models

5 people, V6, 2WD, Manual transmission

340 kg (750 lb.)

6 people, V6, 2WD, Automatic transmission

226 kg (500 lb.)

5 people, V6, 4WD, Manual transmission

362 kg (800 lb.)

6 people, V6, 4WD, Automatic transmission

249 kg (550 lb.)

6 people, V8, 2WD385 kg (850 lb.)

6 people, V8, 4WD181 kg (400 lb.)

When the truck is used to carry a slide–incamper, the total cargo load of the truckconsists of the manufacturer’s camperweight figure, the weight of installed addi-tional camper equipment not included inthe manufacturer’s camper weight figure,the weight of camper cargo, and theweight of passengers in the camper.

—Cargo weight rating and proper matching

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

2852001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

The total cargo load should not exceedthe truck’s cargo weight rating and thecamper’s center of gravity should fall with-in the truck’s recommended center ofgravity zone when installed.

CAUTION

Be careful—overloading can causedangerous braking and handling prob-lems, and can damage your vehicleand its tires.

Gross axle weight rating

Front GAWR Rear GAWR

Secure loose items to prevent weightshifts that could affect the balance of yourvehicle. When the truck camper is loaded,drive to a scale and weigh on the frontand on the rear wheels separately to de-termine axle loads. Individual axle loadsshould not exceed either of the GrossAxle Weight Ratings (GAWR). The total ofthe axle loads should not exceed theGross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).These ratings are given on the vehicleCertification Label which is located on thedoor latch post on the left side of thevehicle. See “Your Toyota’s identification”in Section 2 for the Certification Labellocation. If weight ratings are exceeded,move or remove items to bring all weightsbelow the ratings.

Gross vehicle weight rating

Not exceed GVWR

GAWR

Front 1433 kg (3160 lb.)

RearStandard cab models

V6 1578 kg (3480 lb.)V8 1705 kg (3760 lb.)

Access cab modelsV6

SR5 grade 1578 kg (3480 lb.)Limited grade

1796 kg (3960 lb.)V8


1796 kg (3960 lb.)

—Gross axle and vehicle weight ratings

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)

286 2001 TUNDRA (OM34416U)

GVWR

Two–wheel drive modelsStandard cab models

2494 kg (5500 lb.)Access cab models

V6 2585 kg (5700 lb.)V8 2812 kg (6200 lb.)

Four–wheel drive modelsStandard cab models

V6 2494 kg (5500 lb.)V8 2812 kg (6200 lb.)

Access cab modelsV6 2721 kg (6000 lb.)V8


2726 kg (6010 lb.)

If weight ratings are exceeded, move orremove items to bring all weights belowthe ratings.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)


Publication No. OM34416UPart No. 01999-34416Printed in Japan 01-0008-00

( U)

Quick index

� If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on 89. . . . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle will not start 204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your engine stalls while driving 207. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle overheats 207. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If you have a flat tire 208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle needs to be towed 217. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Tips for driving during break–in period 171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� How to start the engine 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� General maintenance 233. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Complete index NO TAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gas station information

Fuel type:UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) orhigher

See page 171 for detailed information.

Fuel tank capacity:100 L (26.4 gal., 22.0 lmp. gal.)

Engine oil: API grade SJ, “Energy–Conserving” or ILSAC multigrade engine oil is recom-mended.

See page 246 for detailed information.

Automatic transmission fluid:Automatic transmission fluid D–II or DEXRON�III (DEXRON�II)

Tire information: See pages 250 through 255.

Tire pressure: See pages 276 and 277.

s�U−3

B

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)


You should know as much about the quality and

importance of proper maintenance of your new

vehicle as the people who built it.

The Toyota authorized Repair Manual

tells you how to maintain your vehicle and

enables you to correctly perform your own

maintenance.

The best way to keep your new vehicle in toprunning order is to maintain it properly fromthe moment you drive it off the showroomfloor.

The Toyota authorized Repair Manual ispacked with literally everything you need toknow to perform your own maintenance invirtually every area of your new vehicle.

’01 TUNDRA_U (L/O 0 008)


Where to obtain the

Repair Manual

The repair manual for TOYOTA TUNDRA, writ�

ten in English, may be purchased as applicable

from any Toyota dealer.

Pub. Name: 2001 TOYOTA TUNDRA Repair Manual

Pub. No.: RM809U1 (Maintenance,

Preparation, Service specifications

and Diagnostics)

RM809U2 (Engine, Chassis and Body)

Maintenance procedures for the engine,

chassis, body, electrical system, and more,

are clearly explained and illustrated.

Periodic maintenance and tune−up

Periodic maintenance and tune−up helps to pre�vent small problems from growing into larger ones lat�er on. The repair manual outlines exactly what main�tenance is required and clearly explains how to do thework yourself step−by−step.

Areas covered include such things as spark plug re�placement, valve clearance adjustment and engine oiland filter replacement.

usermanual.wiki€¦ · ’01 tundra_u (l/o 0 008) i 2001 tundra (om 34416u) foreword welcome to...

Documents